NAT'L INST. OF STAND & TECH R.I.C,

AlllDS

1 1; NISI

PUBLICATIONS

NIST Special Publication 881-43

Federal Implementation Guideline

for Electronic Data Interchange

ASC X12 003050 Transaction Set 850

Purchase Order (Revision 1)

Implementation Convention

QC

100

.U57

<0. 881-/13

1998

Nisr U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Technology Administration

National Institute of

Standards and Technology
rhe National Institute of Standards and Technology was established in 1988 by Congress to "assist industry in

the development of technology . . . needed to improve product quality, to modernize manufacturing processes,

to ensure product reliability . . . and to facilitate rapid commercialization ... of products based on new scientific

discoveries."

NIST, originally founded as the National Bureau of Standards in 1901, works to strengthen U.S. industry's

competitiveness; advance science and engineering; and improve public health, safety, and the environment. One

of the agency's basic functions is to develop, maintain, and retain custody of the national standards of

measurement, and provide the means and methods for comparing standards used in science, engineering,

manufacturing, commerce, industry, and education with the standards adopted or recognized by the Federal

Government.

As an agency of the U.S. Commerce Department's Technology Administration, NIST conducts basic and

applied research in the physical sciences and engineering, and develops measurement techniques, test methods, standards, and related services. The Institute does generic and precompetitive work on new and

advanced technologies. NIST's research facilities are located at Gaithersburg, MD 20899, and at Boulder, CO 80303.

Major technical operating units and their principal activities are listed below. For more information contact the

Publications and Program Inquiries Desk, 301-975-3058.

Office of the Director

• National Quality Program

• International and Academic Affairs

Technology Services

• Standards Services

• Technology Partnerships

• Measurement Services

• Technology Innovation

• Information Services

Advanced Technology Program

• Economic Assessment

• Information Technology and Applications

• Chemical and Biomedical Technology

• Materials and Manufacturing Technology

• Electronics and Photonics Technology

Manufacturing Extension Partnership

Program

• Regional Programs

• National Programs

• Program Development

Electronics and Electrical Engineering

Laboratory

• Microelectronics

• Law Enforcement Standards

• Electricity

• Semiconductor Electronics

• Electromagnetic Fields'

• Electromagnetic Technology'

• Optoelectronics'

Chemical Science and Technology

Laboratory

• Biotechnology

• Physical and Chemical Properties^

• Analytical Chemistry

• Process Measurements

• Surface and Microanalysis Science

Physics Laboratory

• Electron and Optical Physics

• Atomic Physics

• Optical Technology

• Ionizing Radiation

• Time and Frequency'

• Quantum Physics'

Materials Science and Engineering

Laboratory

• Intelligent Processing of Materials

• Ceramics

• Materials Reliability'

• Polymers

• Metallurgy

• NIST Center for Neutron Research

Manufacturing Engineering

Laboratory

• Precision Engineering

• Automated Production Technology

• Intelligent Systems

• Fabrication Technology

• Manufacturing Systems Integration

Building and Fire Research

Laboratory

• Structures

• Building Materials

• Building Environment

• Fire Safety Engineering

• Fire Science

Information Technology Laboratory

• Mathematical and Computational Sciences^

• Advanced Network Technologies

• Computer Security

• Information Access and User Interfaces

• High Performance Systems and Services

• Distributed Computing and Information Services

• Software Diagnostics and Conformance Testing

'At Boulder, CO 80303. ^Some elements at Boulder, CO.
NIST Special Publication 881-43

Federal Implementation Guideline

for Electronic Data Interchange

ASC X12 003050 Transaction Set 850

Purchase Order (Revision 1)

Implementation Convention

Electronic Commerce Acquisition Program Management Office

Standard Management Committee - Secretariat

National Institute of Standards and Technology

Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001

Editor: Dr. Jean-Philippe Favreau

January 1998

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

William M. Daley, Secretary

Technology Administration

Gary R. Bachula, Acting Under Secretary for Technology

National Institute of Standards and Technology

Raymond G. Kammer, Director
Reports on Information Technology

The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)'s Information Technology Laboratory (ITL)

develops standards and guidelines, provides technical assistance, and conducts research for computers

and resources. As part of the overall federal effort to establish a single face to industry for conducting

electronic commerce, ITL has been designated as the organization responsible for coordinating the

development of Federal Implementation Conventions (ICs) for Electronic Data Interchange (EDI). ICs are defined by functional-area experts who create and select options from standard EDI Transaction Sets to

yield the implementations to be used for practical EDI. These ICs are made available to federal agencies

and industry by electronic means and this Special Publication Series.

National Institute of Standards and Technology Special Publication 881-43

Natl. Inst. Stand. Technol. Spec. Publ. 881-43, 214 pages (Jan. 1998)

CODEN: NSPUE2

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

WASHINGTON: 1998

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402
850 Purchase Order

Functional Group ID=

Introduction:

This Draft Standard for Trial Use contains the format and establishes the data contents of the Purchase Order

Transaction Set (850) for use within the context of an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) environment. The

transaction set can be used to provide for customary and established business and industry practice relative to the

placement of purchase orders for goods and services. This transaction set should not be used to convey purchase

order changes or purchase order acknowledgment information.

Notes:

1. The term '*award instrument" used in this convention includes, but is not limited to, thefollowing terms;

Agreement, Blanket Purchase Agreement, Contract, Basic Agreement, Basic Ordering Agreement, Grant,

Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity, Purchase Order, Indefinite Delivery Definite Quantity, Requirements,

Letter Contract, Task Order, Lease, Release, Call, and Delivery Order.

2. This transaction set is used to issue an original award instrument. Ifbuyer initiated changes need to be made

to a procurement instrument, use the Purchase Order Change Request - Buyer Initiated, 860 transaction set. Seller requested changes are initiated using the Purchasing Order Change Acknowledgment/Request - Seller

Initiated, 865 transaction set.

Heading:

Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and

No. ID Name Pes. Max.Use Repeat Comments

Must Use 010 ST Transaction Set Header M 1

Must Use 020 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order M 1

Not Used 030 NTE Note/Special Instruction F 100

040 CUR Currency 0 1

050 REF Reference Numbers 0 >1

Not Used 060 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3

Not Used 070 TAX Tax Reference 0 >1

080 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions 0 >1

Not Used 090 CTP Pricing Information 0 >1

Not Used 095 PAM Period Amount 0 10

110 CSH Header Sale Condition 0 5

SAC

LOOP ID - SAC 25

120 Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge 0 1 Information Not Used 125 CUR Currency 0 1

130 ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale 0 5

140 DIS Discount Detail 0 20

Not Used 145 INC Installment Information 0 1

150 DTM Date/Time Reference o 10

160 LDT Lead Time o 12

Not Used 180 LIN Item Identification 0 5 nl Not Used 185 SI Service Characteristic Identification o 2

190 FID Product/Item Description 0 200

003050F850 1 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

200 MEA Measurements 0 40

210 PWK Paperwork 0 25

220 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading 0 200

Not Used 230 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) 0 2

Not Used

240

250

TD5

TD3

Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time)

Carrier Details (Equipment)

0

0

12

12

260

270

TD4

MAN

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous

Materials or Both)

Marks and Numbers

0

0

5

10

Not Used 280 CTB Restrictions/ Conditions o 5

285 TXI Tax Information 0 >1 LOOP ID - AMT >1

287 AMT Monetary Amount 0 1

288 AT Financial Accounting 0 1

289 REF Reference Numbers 0 >1

lOOP ID - N9 1000

290 N9 Reference Number o 1

300 MSG Message Text o 1000

LOOPID-Nl * 200

310 Nl Name 0 1

320 N2 Additional Name Information o 2

330 N3 Address Information 0 2

340 N4 Geographic Location 0 >1

Not Used 345 NX2 Real Estate Property ID Component 0 3

350 REF Reference Numbers 0 12

360 PER Administrative Communications Contact 0 >1

Not Used 370 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions 0 1

Not Used 380 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) 0 2

Not Used

390

400

TD5

TD3

Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time)

Carrier Details (Equipment)

0

0

12

12

410

420

TD4

PKG

Camer Details (Special Handling or Hazardous

Materials or Both)

Marking, Packaging, Loading

0

0

5

200

LOOPID-LM

430 LM Code Source Information 0 1

Must Use 440 LQ Industry Code M >1

tOOPlD-SPI >l

450 SPI Specification Identifier 0 1

460 REF Reference Numbers 0 5

470 DTM Date/Time Reference 0 5

480 MSG Message Text 0 50

LOOP ID - Nl 20

490 Nl Name 0 1

~

500 N2 Additional Name Information o 2

510 N3 Address Information o 2

520 N4 Geographic Location o 1

Not Used 530 REF Reference Numbers o 20

540 G61 Contact 0 1

550 MSG Message Text 0 50

003050F850 1 2 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

560 CBl

570 REF

580 DTM

590 LDT

600 MSG

Detail:

Pos. Seg. No. ID

Must Use 010 POl

Not Used 018 SI

Not Used 020 CUR

025 CNl

030 P03

040 CTP

Not Used 045 PAM

049 MEA

050 PID

Not Used 060 MEA

070 PWK

090 P04

100 REF

110 PER

130 SAC

Not Used 135 CUR

140 IT8

150 ITD

160 DIS

Not Used 165 INC

Not Used 170 TAX

180 FOB

190 SDQ

Not Used 200 IT3

210 DTM

Not Used 235 TC2

Not Used 240 TDl

250 TD5

Not Used 260 TD3

270 TD4

280 MAN

289 MSG

291 SPI

292 TXI

003050F850 1

LCX)PID-CB1 • - ' ' >1 ' • :

Contract and Cost Accounting Standards Data 0 1

Reference Numbers 0 20

Date/Time Reference 0 5

Lead Time 0 1

Message Text o 50

Name

Req.

Pes. Max.Use

Loop

Repeat

Notes and

Comments

LOOP ID-POl !000{K)

Baseline Item Data M 1 n2

Service Characteristic Identification 0 5

Currency 0 1

Contract Information 0 1

Additional Item Detail 0 25

Pricing Information 0 >1

Period Amount o 10

Measurements 0 40

LOOP ID -PID im

Product/Item Description 0

Measurements 0 10

Paperwork 0 25

Item Physical Details 0 >1

Reference Numbers 0 >1

Administrative Communications Contact 0 3 LOOP ID-SAC 25

Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge

Information

CiJTTencv

0

0

1

1

Conditions of Sale 0 I

Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale 0 2

Discount Detail o 20

Installment Information 0 1

Tax Reference o >1

F.O.B. Related Instructions 0 >1

Destination Quantity 0 500

Additional Item Data 0 5

Date/Time Reference 0 10

Commodity 0 2

Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) o 1

Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time)

Carrier Details (Equipment)

o

0

12

12

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous

Materials or Both)

Marks and Numbers

0

o

5

10

Message Text 0 >1

Specification Identifier 0 >1

Tax Information 0 >1 LOOP ID - SCH

18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

295 SCH Line Item Schedule 0 1 n3

Not Used 296 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) 0 2

Not Used

Not Used

297

298

TD5

TD3

Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time)

Carrier Details (Equipment)

0

0

12

12

iNot usea TOO Tr\A Carrier Details (Special Handling, or Hazardous Materials, or Both)U J

IXX)? ID - PKG 200

300 PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading 0 1

Not Used 310 MEA Measurements 0 >1

320 LS Loop Header o 1 LOOP ID - LDT >1

321 LDT Lead Time 0 I

322 QTY Quantity 0 >I

323 MSG Message Text 0 1

324 REF Reference Numbers 0 3 LOOP ID - LM >1

325 LM Code Source Information 0 I

Must Use 326 LQ Industry Code M >I

327 LE Loop Trailer o 1

1LOOP ID - N9 1000

330 N9 Reference Number 0 1

Not Used 335 MEA Measurements 0 40

340 MSG Message Text 0 1000

ILOOFID-Nl 200

350 Nl Name o 1

360 N2 Additional Name Information 0 2

370 N3 Address Information 0 2

380 N4 OpnOT'a'nliir T nratinn o 1

385 NX2 Rpnl Pctafp Prnnprtv TO r^nnrnnnpnt o 3

390 REF RpfprpTipp NiimhprQ o 12

400 PER Administrative Communications Contact o 3

Not Used 410 FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions 0 1

415 SCH Line Item Schedule 0 200

Not Used 420 TDl Carrier Details (Quantity and Weight) o 2

Not Used

430

440

TD5

TD3

Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit

Time)

Carrier Details (Equipment)

0

0

12

12

450

460

TD4

PKG

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous

iviaieriais or ouin) Marking, Packaging, Loading

0

0

5

200

loop ID - LDT >1

462 LDT Lead Time 0 1

464 MAN Marks and Numbers 0 10

466 QTY Quantity 0 5

468 MSG Message Text 0 1

469 REF Reference Numbers o 3

LOOP ID • SLN 1000

Not Used 470 SLN Subline Item Detail 0 1

Not Used 480 SI Service Characteristic Identification 0 5

Not Used 490 PID Product/Item Description 0 1000

003050F850 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Must Use

Not Used 500 P03 Additional Item Detail O 104

Not Used 1 Li Commodity KJ Z LOOP ID - SAC 10

Not Used 510 SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge 0 1 TnfnnrmtinTi in loiiiiauon Not Used 515 CUR Currency 0 1

520 DTM Date/Time Reference 0 10

Not Used 522 CTP Pricing Information 0 25

Not Used 523 PAM Period Amount o 10

Not Used 524 P04 Item Physical Details 0 1

Not Used 527 TAX Tax Reference 0 3 LOOP ID -Nl

Not Used 530 Nl Name 0 1

Not Used 540 N2 Additional Name Information 0 2

Not Used 550 N3 Address Information 0 2

Not Used 560 N4 Geographic Location 0 1

Not Used 570 NX2 Real Estate Property ID Component 0 3

Not Used 580 REF Reference Numbers 0 12

Not Used 590 PER Administrative Communications Contact 0 3

600

610

620

630

Summary:

Must Use

Must Use

Pos. No. 010

020

030

AMT

REF

LM

LQ

Seg.

ID

CTT

AMT

SE

LOOP ID - AMT

Monetary Amount

Reference Numbers

O

O

LOOP ID -LM

Code Source Information

Industry Code

O

M >1

to

>1

>1

Name

Transaction Totals

Monetary Amount

Transaction Set Trailer

Req.

Pes. M

O

M

Max.Use

1

1

1

Loop

Repeat

Notes and

Comments

n4

n5

Transaction Set Notes

1.

2.3.

4.

5.

If segment LIN is used, do not use LINOl

.

PO102 is required.

The SCH segment is used to specify various quantities of items ordered that are to be scheduled. When this

segment is used the unit of measurement code (SCH02) should always be identical to the unit of

measurement code in the associated POl segment (PO103) and the sum of values of quantity (SCHOl) should

alvi^ays equal the quantity ordered (POl 02) in the POl segment.

The number of line items (CTTOl) is the accumulation of the number of POl segments. If used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (POl 02) for each POl segment.

If AMT is used in the summary area, then AMTOl will = TT and AMT02 will indicate total transaction

amount as calculated by the sender.

OO305OF85O 1 5 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

ST

010

Transaction Set Header

Heading

Mandatory

1To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number

1 The transaction set identifier (STOl) used by the translation routines of the

interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810

selects the Invoice Transaction Set).

Must Use

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

STOl

ST02

Data

Element

143

329

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Transaction Set Identifier Code M ID 3/3

Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set

850 X12.1 Purchase Order

Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9

Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set This unique control number is assigned by the originator ofthe transaction

set or by the originator's application program. This

SE02.

003050F850 1 6 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

BEG

020

Beginning Segment for Purchase Order

Heading

Mandatory

1To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Transaction Set and transmit identifying

numbers and dates

1 BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

Must Use BEGOl 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set Use to identify the purpose ofthe transaction set.

00 Original

Use to indicate an original award instrument. When

this code is used, changes to the award instrument can

be only made with a Purchase Order Change Request

- Buyer Initiated, 860 transaction set. 07 Duphcate

Use to indicate a re-transmission ofan original 850

transaction set

22 Information Copy

Use to indicate an information copy ofan original

award instrument. This information copy is sent to addressees other than the sellingparty. ^

24 Draft

Use to indicate a draft award instrument (850

transaction set) is being sent to the sellingparty.

Must Use BEG02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of Purchase Order

'Use to identify the type ofaward instrument represented ISyihis iransdcimn

set.

BL Baihnent

KA Agreement

Use to indicate cooperative agreements and other

agreements.

KB Blanket Purchase Agreement

A charge account established with qualified sources of

supply to satisfy repetitive requirements

KC Contract

A legally binding document wherein one party agrees to provide supplies or services and another party agrees to provide compensation for the supplies or services

KD Basic Agreement

A written instrument of understanding that

contemplates separate future contracts

003050F850_1 7 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

KE Basic Ordering Agreement

A document which contains terms and conditions, a description of suppHes or services to be provided and

methods of pricing, issuing, and dehvering orders under

this agreement

KG Grant

KI Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity

A contract that provides for a minimum quantity and an

indefinite maximum quantity within stated limits

KN Purchase Order

Procurement instrument within the small purchasing

threshold

KQ Indefinite Delivery Definite Quantity

A contract that provides for delivery of a specified

quantity over a fixed period of time to unspecified

locations

KR Requirements

A contract to provide all specified requirements of

designated organizations for a fixed period of time

KS Letter Contract

KT Task Order

LS Lease

Use to indicate a tease agreement as the type ofaward

instrument, WIten an equipment rental is awarded

pursuant to another type ofinstrument (purchase

order, delivery order, contract, etc.), use the

appropriate listed code in this data element and use codeERinBEGlO.

RL Release or Delivery Order

An order for goods and services placed against a preexisting contract or blanket order

Use to indicate a release, call or delivery order against

existing contracts. Must Use BEG03 324 Purchase Order Number M AN 1/22

Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the orderer/purchaser

Enter the purchase order number, contract number (including Federal

Supply Schedules, General Services Administration (GSA) Schedules and all other basic contracts), Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) number. Grant,

Lease or Agreement number. This is always the Procurement Instrument

Identification Number (PIIN)for the Department ofDefense (DOD) or the

equivalent expressionfor Civilian Agencies. This is never the number ofa

delivery order, call or release against a basic award instrument. That

number is carried in BEG04. This number shall be transmitted without

dashes.

BEG04

Must Use BEG05

328 Release Number O AN 1/30

Number identifying a release against a Purchase Order previously placed by

the parties involved in the transaction

Enter the number ofa release, call or delivery order against a basic award

instrument This is always the Supplemental Procurement Instrument

Identification Number (SPUN)for DOD or the equivalent expression for

Civilian Agencies. This number shall be transmitted without dashes.

373 Date M DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

0O305OF85O 1 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

BEG06

BEG07

Not Used BEG08

BEG09

1. Enter the effective date ofthe award instrument Ifboth BEG03 and

BEG04 contain a number, enter the date ofthe delivery order, call or release

identified in BEG04. IfBEGOd does not contain a number, enter the date of

the award instrument identified in BEG03.

2. Ifthe signature date is different from the effective date, the signature date

may be specified in 1/DTM/lSO, citing code 467 in DTMOl.

367 Contract Number O AN 1/30

Contract number

Use to identify the Small Business Administration (SBA) contract number

for an 8a set-aside. The SBA office issuing this contract is cited in the

l/Nl/310 segment by use ofcode C9 in NlOl.

587 Acknowledgment Type O ID 2/2

Code specifying the type of acknowledgment

Acknowledgments are made using the Purchase Order Acknowledgment, 855

transaction set

AC Acknowledge - With Detail and Change

Use to indicate acknowledgment ofthis 850

transaction set is required using the available

segments in the 855 transaction set and re- transmitting the same data in corresponding segments

in the 850 transaction set Changes are permitted.

AD Acknowledge - With Detail, No Change

Vse to indicate acknowledgment ofthis 850

transaction set is required using the available

segments in the 855 transaction set and re- transmitting the same data in corresponding segments

in the 850 transaction set without change.

AK Acknowledge - No Detail or Change

Use to indicate acknowledgment ofthis 850

transaction set is required using only the mandatory

segments in the 855 transaction set

AT Accepted

Use to indicate that acceptance or rejection ofthis 850

transaction set is required.

1019 Invoice Type Code O ID 3/3

Code defining the method by which invoices are to be processed

1166 Contract Type Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying a contract type

Use to identic the type ofpricing arrangement applicable to the award

instrument Ifthere are line items that have a differentpricing arrangement,

thatpricing arrangement should be specified in the CNl segment within the

POl loop that is applicable to that line item. Both BEG09 and the

2/CN1/02S segment can be included in the transaction set if needed.

CA

CB

CH

CS

cw

cx

FB

FC

FD

Cost Plus Incentive Fee (With Performance Incentives)

Cost Plus Incentive Fee (Without Performance

Incentives)

Cost Sharing

Cost

Cost Plus Award Fee

Cost Plus Fixed Fee

Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (With Performance

Incentive)

Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

Fixed Price Redetermination

003050F850 1 9 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

BEGIO 1232

BEGll 786

Use to indicate a jrprospective MT fixed J Mrprice

redetermination award instrument

FF Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (With

Performance Incentive)

FG Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

FH Fixed Price Award Fee

FJ Fixed Price Level of Effort

FK No Cost

FR Firm Fixed Price

FX Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment

L,n. Labor Hours

TM Time and Materials

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a retroactive fixed price

redetermination award instrument

Purchase Category O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category of products or services being acquired

Use to identify the category ofthis award instrument.

AE Architect and Engineering

CN Construction

DR Demolish, Dismantle or Replace

ER Equipment Rental

IR Inspect and Repair as Necessary

MD Modification

OV Overhaul

RD Research and Development

Use also includes traineeships andfellowships.

RE Repair

SB Shipbuilding

SP Supplies

SU Subsistence

SV Services

TE Test and Evaluation

UT Utilities

Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the

information following

Use to identify the highest level of Government security classification

applicable to the award instrument

92

93

94

Government Confidential

Government Secret

Government Top Secret

003050F850 1 10 18 March 1997

I
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

CUROl

Must Use CUR02

CUR03

CUR04

CUR Currency

040

Heading

Optional

1To specify the currency (dollars, pounds, francs, etc.) used in a transaction

1 If CUR08 is present, then CUR07 is required.

2 If CUR09 is present, then CUR07 is required.

3 If CURIO is present, then at least one of CURl 1 or CUR12 is required.

4 If CURl 1 is present, then CURIO is required.

5 If CUR12 is present, then CURIO is required.

6 If CUR13 is present, then at least one of CUR14 or CUR15 is required.

7 If CUR1 4 is present, then CUR1 3 is required.

8 If CURl 5 is present, then CURl 3 is required.

9 If CURl 6 is present, then at least one of CUR17 or CUR18 is required.

10 If CUR1 7 is present, then CUR1 6 is required.

11 If CURl 8 is present, then CURl 6 is required.

12 If CURl 9 is present, then at least one of CUR20 or CUR2 1 is required.

13 If CUR20 is present, then CURl 9 is required.

14 If CUR2 1 is present, then CUR1 9 is required.

1 See Figures Appendix for examples detailing the use of the CUR segment.

1. Use only when the award instrument is issued in aforeign currency or when

payment is to be made in aforeign currency.

2. When the award instrument is issued in aforeign currency, use also to identify the

exchange rate between US dollars and theforeign currency. This information isfor

financial obligation purposes.

Data

Element

98

100

280

98

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUR02 is the

currency in which the award instrument is issued.

PR Payer

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUR02 is the

currency in which payment is authorized and will be

made.

Currency Code M ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified

Use to identify the currency applicable to the code cited in CUROL

Exchange Rate O R 4/6

Value to be used as a multiplier conversion factor to convert monetary value

from one currency to another

When CUROl is code BY, use to identify the exchange rate between US

dollars and the currency in which the award is issued Use onlyforfinancial

obligation purposes.

Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

PR Payer

Use to indicate the currency identified in CUROS is the

currency in which payment is authorized and will be

made.

003050F850 1 11 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

CUR05

Not Used CUR06

Not Used CUR07

Not Used CUR08

Not Used CUR09

Not Used CURIO

Not Used CURll

Not Used CUR12

Not Used CUR13

Not Used CUR14

Not Used CUR15

Not Used CUR16

Not Used CUR17

Not Used CUR18

Not Used CUR19

Not Used CUR20

Not Used CUR21

100 Currency Code O ID 3/3

Code (Standard ISO) for country in whose currency the charges are specified

Use to identify the currency in which payment is authorized and will be

made,

669 Currency Market/Exchange Code O ID 3/3

Code identifying the market upon which the currency exchange rate is based

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

373 Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time X TM4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

003050F850 1 12 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

REF Reference Numbers

050

Heading

Optional

>1

To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Use this l/REF/050 segment to identify reference numbers that apply to all ofthe line

items. Ifthe reference numbers vary by line item, use the 2/REF/lOO segment

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

Must Use REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

16 Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR)

Number

A specific form used to transmit obligation authority

(dollars) and requirements between a service or agency

requiring a purchase and a military service or agency

responsible for procuring the requirement

2E Foreign Military Sales Case Number

A reference number designating the foreign military

sale records

Use to indicate a Foreign Military Sale (FMS).

2S Catalog

Use to indicate the Catalog ofFederal Domestic

Assistance, This is where additional information

regarding the programfunding source can befound

2Y Wage Determination

Use to indicate a Department ofLabor Wage

Determination number. Use ifthe Wage

Determination is passed by reference only or to identify the Wage Determination passed by some other

means identified in the PWK segment

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured imder

a contract; statement of requirements

Ifa Statement of Work is part ofthe award, the PWK

segment can be used to indicate how the SOWis being

' provided

97 Package Number

A serial number indicating unit shipped

AH Agreement Number

Use to indicate a Union Agreement number.

BL Government Bill of Lading

CR Customer Reference Number

Use to indicate the internal number the contractor

assigned to the buyingparty.

DG Drawing Number

003050F850 1 13 18 March 1997
Defense Priorities Allocation System (DPAS) Priority

Rating

When used, the code cited in REF02 is a 4 position

code.

Charge Card Number

Use to indicate the Government credit card number

under which paymentfor this instrument will be

accomplished.

Standard Industry Classification (SIC) Code

Use to indicate the Standard Industrial Classification

(SIC) Code applicable to this award instrument.

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition (eg.. Military Standard

Requisitioning and Issue Procedures (MILSTRIP) or Federal Standard Requisitioning and Issue

Procedures (FEDSTRIP) document number).

End Item

iJse to indicate the end item to which the items in the

award instrument pertains.

Item Number

Use to indicate a Federal supply schedule (FSS)

special item number,

Criticality Designator

A number assigned to a contract or order that expresses

the relative importance of that contract or order and

thereby assists the contractor in making performance

decisions and assists in making production surveillance

decisions

Use to indicate the surveillance criticality designator

applicable to the award instrument

Solicitation

A discreet number assigned by the purchasing activity

to differentiate between different solicitations

Use to indicate the solicitation number that resulted in

this award instrument Ifapplicable, concatenate the

LASTamendment number with the solicitation

number.

Lot Number

Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

Technical Document Number

Technical Order Number

Project Code

Use to indicate theproject number applicable to this

award instrument

Priority Rating

Use to indicate the MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIPpriority

rating.

Price Quote Number

Use to indicate the contractor's quote or offer number.

Product Specification Document Number

Model designation of replacement component

Purchase Requisition No.

Use to indicate the Purchase Request (PR) number or

the Purchase Request Order Number (PRON). When

citing a purchase request number, concatenate its line

item number with the purchase request number ifit is

14 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

necessary to transmit both numbers.

RS Returnable Container Serial Number

52 Military Specification Number (MILSPEC)

53 Specification Number

Use to indicate a specification number other than a

Military Specification (MIL-SPEC). When used, cite

the specification number in REF02 and identify the

issuing activity in REF03.

T4 Signal Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TN Transaction Reference Number

1. Use to indicate the unique reference number ofa

related transaction set (e.g. an 841 transaction set carrying a related technical specification or drawing).

Each transaction set has a unique number. In the case ofthe 841 transaction set, that number is carried

in SPI02.

2. When used, cite the related transaction set's unique

number in REF02 and cite the XI2 transaction set designator ofthe related transaction set, e.g., 841, in

REF03.

TP Test Specification Number

VW Standard

Use to indicate a standard other than a Military

Standard (MIL-STD). When used, cite the standard

number in REF02, e.g., ASTMD39S1, and, if

necessary, further identify the standard in REF03.

W2 Weapon System Number

Identifies a weapon system

Use to indicate the Weapon System Code.

W8 Suffix

Differentiates between partial actions taken on the

original transaction

Use to indicate a MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP requisition

suffix number. This code can be used ifthere is ONL Yone occurrence ofthe REF segment with code

ILinREFOL

WF Locally Assigned Control Number

XC Cargo Control Number

I - Use to indicate a tracking numberfor bulkfuel being

sent by a tanker vessel. XE Transportation Priority Number

Number indicating the level of government priority

associated with the transportation of a shipment

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate another type ofreference number.

When used, identify the nature ofthe number in

REF03.

REF02 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Ifa document has a revision or extension, the document number and the

003050F850 1 15 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

revision or extension number should be concatenated and cited in this data

element*

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to carry additional information related to a reference number cited in

REF02.

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

some other means within the transaction set

003050F850 1 16 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions

Comments:

Notes:

080

Heading

Optional

>1

To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment

1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required.

2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required.

3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required.

4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required.

1 FOBO 1 indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location.

3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location.

4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.

1. Use this l/FOB/080 segment ifthe FOBpoint and the acceptance location apply to

all ofthe line items. When the FOBpoint and/or acceptance location varies by line

item, me the 2/FOB/180 segment.

2. Ifthe FOBpoint varies by delivery zone or destinations within a delivery zone, use

the l/Nl/310 loop citing code DZin NlOl, identify the delivery zone in N103/04 citing

code ZN in N103 and identify the FOBpoint in N405/406.

3. This segment is not used when the award instrument is for construction or a service

without deliverables.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

FOBOl

FOB02

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

146 Shipment Method of Payment

Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges

BP

309

Attributes

M ID 2/2

Paid by Buyer

The buyer agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the buyer to pay transportation charges to a specified location (origin or destination location)

Use to indicate a Government Bill ofLading (GBL)

will be issued

PE Prepaid and Summary Bill

Use when transportation charges are to be prepaid by

the seller, are not included in the unit price, and are to be invoicedperiodically.

PP Prepaid (by Seller)

Use to indicate that transportation charges are not

included in the unit price but are prepaid and are to be

added as a separate item on this instrument's invoice.

PS Paid by Seller

The seller agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the seller to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location)

Use to indicate transportation charges are included in

the unit price.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

IJse to identify the FOB point,

DE Destination (Shipping)

003050F850 17 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

FV Free Alongside Vessel (Free On Board [F.O.B.] Point)

IT Intermediate FOB Point

A location indicating the point of destination is not the

origin or final destination but rather at some other point

Use to indicate the FOBpoint is afreightforwarder.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code IC in

NIOL

KE Port of Embarkation

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is an overseas port

ofembarkation, either aerial or water, for delivery of

Governmentfurnished completed end items. Provide

the address in the Nl loop, citing code EXin NIOL

KL Port of Loading

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is a port ofloading.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KXin

NIOL

KP Government Furnished Property FOB Point

Use to indicate that the FOBpoint isfor delivery of

Government Furnished Property. Provide the address

in the Nl loop, citing code 7Hin NIOL

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

W Worldwide Geographic Location Code

Use to indicate the FOB pointfor deliveries within the

continental United States is destination andthe FOB

pointfor deliveries outside the continental United

States is origin.

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate an Other FOBpoint, Le., neither at

origin nor at destination. Provide the address in the

Nl loop, citing code KXin NIOL

Not Used FOB03 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Not Used FOB04 334 Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the transportation terms

Not Used FOB05 335 Transportation Terms Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility

FOB06 309 Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

1. Use to identify the acceptance point. This code also identifies the

inspection location when it is the same as the acceptance point.

2. When the inspection point differs, use the 1/LM/430 loop to identify the

inspection point by coded means (Destination or Source). The 1/N1/310

loop, eking code LI in NlOl, may be used to identify the inspection location

in N103/N104 or in N1-N4 as afull address.

DE Destination (Shipping)

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

ZZ Mutually Defined

1. Use to indicate the acceptance point is neither at origin nor at destination. When both the acceptance

and inspection points are the same location but

neither origin nor destination, use the l/Nl/310 loop,

citing code 7Min NIOL

2. When both the acceptance and inspection points

are at different locations but neither are origin nor

003050F850 1 18 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used FOB07 352

Not Used FOB08 54

Not Used FOB09 352

destination, use the l/Nl/310 loop to provide the

acceptance point address, citing code KZ in NlOl and

the inspection point in another iteration ofthe Nl

loop, citing code LI in NlOl.

Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Risk of Loss Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

003050F850 1 19 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

CSH Header Sale Condition

Comments:

Notes:

110

Heading

Optional

5To specify general conditions or requirements of the sale

1 If CSH02 is present, then CSH03 is required.

2 If either CSH06 or CSH07 is present, then the other is required.

1 CSH03 is the maximum monetary amount value which the order must not exceed.

2 CSH04 is the account number to which the purchase amount is to be charged.

3 CSH05 is the date specified by the sender to be shown on the invoice.

4 CSH06 identifies the source of the code value in CSH07.

5 CSH09 is the percent of the Set-Aside.

1. Use this 1/CSH/llO segment to specify requirements that apply to all ofthe line

items. When requirements vary by line item, use the 2/IT8/140 segment

'2. Use this segment also to specify special services (minimum packaging requirements)

that apply to all ofthe line items. These special services are identified in CSH07, Ifthis

information varies by line item, cite the information in the 2/PO4/090 segment in

PO404.

Ref.

Pes.

CSHOl

CSH02

CSH03

Data

Element

563

564

610

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Sales Requirement Code O ID 1/2

Code to identify a specific requirement or agreement of sale

GS Guaranteed Sale

Use to indicate a multi-year award.

P2 Ship As Soon As Possible

Use only with DTMOl code 996.

P4 Do Not Preship

Use only when DTMOl is code 064 or 106, or when

LDTOliscodeAY.

SC Ship Complete

Use to indicate partial shipments will not he accepted,

SV Ship Per Release

Use to indicate that the ordered item(s) are to be

shipped in place.

Do-Not-Exceed Action Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the action to be taken if the order amount exceeds the value of

Do-Not-Exceed Amount (565)

0 Cancel Balance of Order/Item that Exceeds Value

Specified in Data Element 565

1 Cancel Entire Order/Item

Amount X N2 1/15

Monetary amount

Use to identify a maximum total order amount, that ifa contractor would

exceed, shall result in the entire order or balance ofthe order that exceeds

the maximum amount not beingfilled.

Not Used CSH04 508

Not Used CSH05 373

Account Number

Account number assigned

Date

O AN 1/35

O DT 6/6

003050F850 1 20 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

CSH06 559

CSH07 560

Not Used CSH08 566

Not Used CSH09 954

Date (YYMMDD)

Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

AX ANSI Accredited Standards Committee, XI

2

Special Services Code X ID 2/10

Code identifying the special service

Use to identify generalpackaging requirements when MIL-STD 2073-2C

packaging codes are not required to provide the information.

PL Palletizing

Use to indicatepalletized loads are required,

S0050 Special Packaging

Use to indicate that shrink wrap is required.

Product/Service Substitution Code O ID 1/2

Code indicating product or service substitution conditions

Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

003050F850 1 21 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information

120

SAC Optional

Heading

Optional

1To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required.

2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either SAC09 or SAC10 is present, then the other is required.

5 If SACl 1 is present, then SAC 10 is required.

6 If SACl 3 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required.

7 If SAC14 is present, then SAC 13 is required.

1 If SACOl is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05, SAC07, or SAC08 is required.

2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.

3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 4 SAC10 and SACl 1 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase order or invoice quantity.

SAC10 and SACl 1 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar

amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

5 SAC 13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference

number as identified by the code used.

6 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more

than one option of the promotion.

1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or

charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to fiarther the code in SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on

to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to a "Dollar Basis Amount".

It is represented in the SAC segment in SACIO using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in

SAC09.

Notes: Use this l/SAC/120 segment to identify services, allowances, or non^Contract Line

Item Number (CLIN) charges and, ifapplicable, quantities applicable to all ofthe line

items. Ifthe services, allowances, or non-CLIN charges vary by line item, use the

2/SAC/I30 segment.

Comments:

Must Use

Ref.

Des.

SACOl

SAC02

Data

Element

248

1300

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1

Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified

A Allowance

C Charge

N No Allowance or Charge

Wse to indicate there is no chargefor the specified

service.

Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X ID 4/4

Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Any code, other than code ZZZZ, may be used but it should be the same code

asprovided in the quote or offer. Thefollowing is a list ofpreferred codes.

A880 Cancellation Charge

When CSHOl is code GS, use to indicate the cancellation ceiling amount.

003050F850 1 22 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

W80 Cleaning Charge

B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada

Use to indicate a reusable container

Not Used SAC03

Not Used SAC04

SAC05

SAC06

SAC07

B870 Customs Charge

C240 Disconnect Charge

C330 Distribution Fee

€370 Diversion Charge

C880 Expediting Premium

DSOO Handling

D530 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D660 Hook-up Charge

D820 Inside Delivery

DS70 Inspection

D890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation

£340 Less Than Truckload (LTL) Charge

Use to indicate a chargefor less than afull carload or truckload,

£400 Loading (Labor Charges)

F150 Packaging Service

F460 Postage

F560 Premium Transportation

F830 ProofofDelivery

Use to indicate a chargefor preparation ofa DD Form 250,

G030 Reconnect Charge

G350 Rents and Leases

G470 Restocking Charge

GS30 Rework

G580 Royalties

G660 Scrap Allowance

G740 Service Charge

G760 Set-up

HI 70 Special Tooling Charge

H430 Storage

H540 Supplemental Items

Use to indicate Contractor Acquired Parts (CAP).

H550 Surcharge

H990 Testing Services Charge

1260 Transportation Direct Billing

1380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

1590 Warranties

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge X AN 1/10

Code

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

610 Amount O N2 1/15

Monetary amount

378 Allowance/ Charge Percent Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated

Use any code other than code Z. Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

332 Percent X R 1/6

003050F850 23 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Percent expressed as a percent

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

SAC08 118 Rate O R 1/9

Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency

specified

SAC09 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

which a measurement has been taken

L Use any code other than code ZZ.

SACIO 380

SAC11 380

Not Used SAC12

SAC13

331

127

Not Used SAC14

Not Used SAC15

770

352

2, An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Use to indicate the quantity to which the amount in SAC05 applies. SAC

10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity range to which the amount

in SAC05 applies.

Quantity O R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Use only ifSACIO is used, SACIO/II can be used together to specify a

quantity range.

Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Use to identify the Accounting Classification Reference Nur ' ' ' i^^**

project code^ funding code or accounting code to which a cr allowance is applicable. These reference numbers and thein

thefinancial accounting data they represent are establt

l/AMT/287 loop.

Option Number O AN 1/20

A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered

Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

003050F850 1 24 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale

130

Heading

Optional

5To specify terms of sale

1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 1 3 is required.

2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 1 3 is required.

3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD 10 or ITDl 1 is required.

1 ITD 15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge.

1 If the code in ITDO 1 is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITD 1 0 or ITDl 1 is required; if the code in ITDOl is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required.

1, Use this l/ITD/130 segment to identify discount information applicable to all ofthe

line items. Ifdiscounts vary by line item, use the 2/lTD/lSO segment.

I

2. Payment method wasprovided at the time ofregistration. Changes to that data must

be made by submitting a registration data change using the 838 transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Ref.

Pes.

Not Used ITDOl

Not Used ITD02

ITD03

Not Used ITD04

ITD05

Not Used ITD06

ITD07

Not Used ITD08

Not Used ITD09

Not Used ITDIO

Not Used ITDll

Not Used ITDl

2

Not Used ITD13

Not Used ITD14

Data

Element

336

333

338

370

351

446

386

362

388

389

342

352

765

107

Attributes

O ID 2/2

O ID 1/2

Name

Terms Type Code

Code identifying type of payment terms

Terms Basis Date Code

Code identifying the beginning of the terms period

Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

Terms Discount Due Date X DT 6/6

Date payment is due if discount is to be earned

Terms Discount Days Due X NO 1/3

Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned

Terms Net Due Date O DT 6/6

Date when total invoice amount becomes due

Terms Net Days O NO 1/3

Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable)

Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10

Total amount of terms discount

Terms Deferred Due Date

Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due

Deferred Amount Due

Deferred amount due for payment

Percent of Invoice Payable

Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent

Description

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Day of Month X NO 1/2

The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced

Payment Method Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying type of payment procedures

O DT 6/6

X N2 1/10

X R 1/5

O AN 1/80

003050F850 1 25 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used ITD15 954 Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

003050F850 1 26 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

DIS Discount Detail

140

Heading

Optional

20

To specify the exact type and terms of various discount information

1 DIS05 is the minimum for application of the discount.

2 DIS06 is the maximum for application of the discount.

1. Use this l/DIS/140 segment to identify volume discounts that apply to all ofthe line

items or to the entire order that are based on either the dollar value purchased or the

number ofunits purchased. Use the 2/DIS/160 segment ifthe discount varies by line

item.

2. Use the 1/N9/290 segment, with N901 citing codeKD, and thel/MSG/300 segment

to specify other volume orpromotional discounts that apply to all ofthe line items or

the entire order..

Must Use

Ref.

Des.

DISOl

Must Use DISOl

Must Use DIS03

Must Use DIS04

Must Use DIS05

Data

Element

653

654

655

656

657

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Discount Terms Type Code M ID 3/3

Code to define the units in which the discount will be determined, i.e., dollars, case, truckload, etc. FOR % Discount per Units Ordered

Use to indicate a percent discount based on the value

^

ofthe units purchased

UNT Additional Units per Units Purchased

Use to indicate additionalfree units are to be provided

based on the number ofunits purchased.

Discount Base Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code to define unit of discount, i.e., dollars, cases, alternate products, etc. PC Discount Determined as a Percentage of the Value of

the Transaction

"Use to indicate the discount as apercent ofthe value

ofthe total order.

UN Discount Determined to be Additional Units that Are

Defined by Discount Control Limit Qualifier

Use to Indicate the discount as additionalfree units

based on the number ofitems purchased.

Discount Base Value M R 1/10

A multiplier amount used in conjunction with discount base qualifier to determine the value of the discount

1. When DIS02 is code PC, use to identify the discountpercentage. Cite

4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

2. When DIS02 is code UN, use to identify the number offree units.

Discount Control Limit Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code to define the units of the limits for determining discount

DAT Time Limits for Discount

Use in conjunction with DIS02 code UN.

DOF Dollars of Purchase

Use in conjunction with WS02 code PC.

Discount Control Limit M NO 1/10

Amount or time associated with application of the discount

003050F850 27 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Use to identify the base amount or quantities applicable to the discount This

is the minimum value or quantity needed to earn the discount

DIS06 657 Discount Control Limit O NO 1/10

Amount or time associated with application of the discount

Use to identify the maximum amount or quantities applicable to the discount

When values are cited in both DIS05/06, this constitutes a range ofvalues or

quantities applicable to the cited discount

003050F850 1 28 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

DTMOl

DTM Date/Time Reference

150

Heading

Optional

10

To specify pertinent dates and times

1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required.

2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is requhed.

1. Use this l/DTM/150 segment to identify dates that apply to all ofthe line items.

When the dates vary by line item, use the 2/DTM/210 segment.

\

p. This segment can be used to provide a delivery date when it is expressed as an actual

date. Ifthe delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after the occurrence of

some event, use the l/LDT/160 segment

Data

Element

374

Data Element Summary

Name

Date/Time Qualifier

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Attributes

M ID 3/3

002

007

017

063

064

077

093

106

174

193

194

Delivery Requested

"tise when the delivery date ofthe order does not

conform to the basic Indefinite Delivery Contract

(IDC) instrument

Effective

Use with codes RD6 or RD8 in DTM06 to indicate the

ordering period ofan Agreement or an IDC award

instrument Specify the date range in DTM07.

Estimated Delivery

Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time.

Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time.

Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used cite the beginning day ofthe

week.

Contract Expiration

Use to indicate the expiration datefor an award

instrument

Required By

Use to indicate delivery is due exactly on the date

specified.

Month Ending

tise to indicate delivery is required within the specified

month. In DTMOl, identify the month and cite the last

calendar day ofthe month.

Period Start Use to indicate the start ofa period ofperformance or

lease. ..^

Period End

I'^^M^dicate the end ofa period ofperformance or

003050F850 1 29 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

DTM02

DTM03

373

337

DTM04 623

lease.

368 Submittal

Date an item was submitted to a customer

When REFOl is code TN, use to indicate the date ofa

related transaction set

375 Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin

Use to indicate the start date/timefor deliveries when

the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified

period,

376 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

Use to indicate the end date/time when the total

quantity is to be delivered during a specified period,

467 Signature

Date on which the accompanying signature was

received

Use to indicate the date that the award instrument was

signed ifdifferentfrom the effe^ve date specified in

BEGOS.

937 Department of Labor Wage Determination Date

Use to indicate the date ofa Department ofLabor

Wage Determination. Ifrevisions or modiflcations are

applicable to a Wage Determination, cite the date of

the most recent revision or modification in DTM02,

994 Quote

The date on which a (price) quote was rendered

When REFOl is code PR, use to indicate the date of

the quote or offer. 996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services

must be delivered

Use to indicate delivery is due on or before the

specified date.

Date X D r 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable^ to identify the timefor a delivery. Specify time only in the

HHMMformat

Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Use only when DTM03 is used to express a time.

CT Central Time

ET Eastern Time

GM Greenwich Mean Time

LT Local Time

MT Mountain Time

PT Pacific Time

003050F850 1 30 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

DTM05

DTM06

DTM07

624 Century O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY)

1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

1. Use any code.

2. Use to qualify a date when it is necessary to express the date in other than

YYMMDDformat

3. Use also to qualify a range ofdates or times. Use ofcode RD6 or RDS is preferredfor expressing a date range.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

When used to identify a time rangefor deliveries on a specified datCy use code RTMin DTM06 to qualify a delivery time range, e.g.,for March 30,

1994 between 1:00 PMand 4:00 PMlocal time. Use DTMOl/02 to convey

the March 30, 1994 date.

003050F850 1 31 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

LDT Lead Time

160

Heading

Optional

12

To specify lead time for availability of products and services

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of unit of time periods.

1. Use this l/LDT/160 segment ifthe delivery schedule applies to all the line items and

there will be only one delivery ofthe total quantity. Ifthe delivery schedule varies by

line item or more than one delivery will be requiredfor the total quantity, use the

2/LDT/321 loop. Ifthe line item delivery schedule varies by ship-tonaddressee, use the

2/LDT/462 loop.

2. Use this segment when the delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period after

the occurrence ofsome event. Theprevious DTMsegment is used when the delivery

date is an actual date.

Must Use

Ref.

Des.

LDTOl

Must Use LDT02

Must Use LDT03

LDT04

Data

Element

345

344

373

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment

AI From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery

Wse to indicate that the consignee or other cmWt

must be notified within the timeperiod cited to schedule a shipment When used, cite the contact

communications number in the l/PES/360 segment,

AV From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

AW From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

AX From Date of Award to Date of Completion

Use to indicate the completion date, e.g., for a level of

effort

AY From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

AZ From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of

Item

M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval

CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate aflexible time period, e.g., Xnumber

ofdays or less. MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiarmual

WK Weeks

Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time code. For example, the start date

380 Quantity

003050F850 1 32 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

ofthe cited activity.

003050F850_1 33 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use PIDOl

PID02

PID03

PID04

PID05

Not Used PID06

Not Used PID07

PID

190

Product/Item Description

Heading

Optional

200

To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required.

2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required.

4 If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required.

1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.

3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A

"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item. A "N" indicates it does

not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

1 If PIDOl = T", then PID05 is used. If PIDOl = '^S", then PID04 is used. If PIDOl =

"X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in

the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

1. Use this l/PID/190 segment to provide an overall description that applies to all tini

items. When descr^tions vary by line item, transmit a general description in this

segment and use the 2/PID/050 segment to transmit the varying descriptions.

2. Use is discouraged. Wheneverpossible, items should be described by successive

iterations of235/234 pairs in the 2/POl/OlO segment or by reference number,

codified data wheneverpossible.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

349

Attributes

M ID 1/1

750 O ID 2/3

559

751

352

752

822

Name

Item Description Type

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Product/Process Characteristic Code

Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic

Use any code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Product Description Code X AN 1/12

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by

some other means within the transaction set. Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described

Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

003050F850 1 34 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used PID08 1073

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response

003050F850 1 35 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

MEA Measurements

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

200

Heading

Optional

40

To specify physical measurements or counts, including dimensions, tolerances, variances,

and weights (See Figures Appendix for example of use of COO 1)

12

3

4

5

1

1

At least one of MEA03 MEA05 MEA06 or MEA08 is required.

If MEA05 is present, then MEA04 is required.

If MEA06 is present, then MEA04 is required.

If MEA07 is present, then at least one of MEA03 MEA05 or MEA06 is required.

Only one of MEA08 or MEA03 may be present.

MEA04 defmes the unit of measure for MEA03, MEA05, and MEA06.

When citing dimensional tolerances, any measurement requiring a sign (+ or -), or any measurement where a positive (+) value carmot be assumed, use MEA05 as the

negative (-) value and MEA06 as the positive (+) value,

i. Use this l/MEA/200 segment to provide information that applies to all ofthe line

items. Ifinformation varies by line item, use the 2/MEA/049 segment.

2. This segment can he used to specify the variations in quantity permitted - rndf^if »

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument, the minim:

quantity per order, the maximum that may be ordered during a specified

the minimum and maximum obligations ofthe Government and contract

warranty periods.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

MEAOl 737 Measurement Reference ID Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category to which a measurement applies

Use any code.

BT Batch Limits

When BEGQ2 is code KI, KQ, or KR, use to indicate the minimum and

maximum limits ofthe Government's obligation to order either in terms of

dollars or quantity under a requirements or an indefinite quantity type award

instrument. When BEG02 is code KT or RL, use to indicate the minimum > and maximum limits ofthe Government's obligation to order either in terms

ofdollars or quantity under the specific Task Order or Delivery Order. Use

MEA64-CO01O1 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEAO5/06 to specify the minimum and maximum.

CT Counts

Use to indicate variations in quantity permitted when it is expressed as a

discrete quantity. Specify the quantity under and/or over in MEA05/06.

DE Defects

Use to indicate a warranty period.

LT Lot Limits

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe contractor':> obligation either in terms ofdollars or quantity to deliver under a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument Do not usefor

a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA94-C0010J to identify the unit

ofmeasure (dollars, eachj etc.) and use MEAOS/06 to specify the minimum

and maximum.

OO305OF85O 1 36 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

OL Order Limits

Use to indicate the maximum the Government may orderfrom a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type procurement instrument in a

specified time period. Do not usefor a purchase order or a delivery order.

Use MEA03 to identify the quantity, MEA04'C0OJ01 to identify the unit of

measure, and MEA04-C0Q104 to identify the time period,

PM Permitted

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum quantity or dollars permittedpes

order against a requirements or an indefinite quantity type award

instrument. Use MEA04-COO1O1 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars,

each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and maximum.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

MEA02 738 Measurement Qualifier O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific product or process characteristic to which a measurement applies

Use any code other than code ZZZ.

MX Maximum

When MEAOl is code OL, use to indicate (he maximum amount that can be

ordered in a specified timeperiod.

PO Percent ofOrder (-, +)

Use to indicate the variation ofquantity permitted when it is expressed as a

percent ofthe quantity ordered Specify thepercent under and/or over in

MEAO5/06.

RY Ratio

When BEG69 is code CA, CB, CH, FB, FQ FF, or FG, use to indicate the

Government and contractor share ratio. Identify the Government share in

MEAOS and the contractor share in MEA06.

TT Time

Use to indicate the length ofa warranty period. Specify the length oftime in

MEA03 and the timeperiod in MEA04-C0010L

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

MEA03 739 Measurement Value X R 1/20

The value of the measurement

MEA04 COOl Composite Unit of Measure X

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples

of use)

/. This composite unit ofmeasure can be used to indicate the maximum thai

may be ordered during a specified period oftime under a requirements or

1 indefinite quantity type award instrument

2. For example: Ifthe maximum that can be ordered per quarter is 10,000

each, then MEAOl would cite code OL, MEA02 would cite MX, MEAOS

would cite 10,000, MEA04-C00101 would cite EA, andMEA04-4 would cite

QIMust Use COOlOl 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

which a measurement has been taken

/. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2, An application program conversion table may he required to convert

agency codes to Accredited Standards Committee (ASC) XI2 codes.

003050F850 1 37 18 March 1997
Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Range Minimum X R 1/20

The value specifying the minimum of the measurement range

1. When MEAQl is code CT, or MEA02 is code PO, use to specify the

variation in quantity under,

2. When MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the mmimum amount

or quantity.

3. When MEA02 is RY, use to specify the Government share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% wiU be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Range Maximum X R 1/20

The value specifying the maximum of the measurement range

/. When MEAOl is code CT, or MEA02 is code PO, use to specify the

variation in quantity over.

2. When MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the maximum amount

38 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used MEA07 935

Not Used MEA08 936

Not Used MEA09 752

Not Used MEAIO 1373

or quantity.

3. When MEA02 isRY, use to specify the contractor share.

4. Percents will be cited as follows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Measurement Significance Code O ID 2/2

Code used to benchmark, qualify or further define a measurement value

Measurement Attribute Code X ID 2/2

Code used to express an attribute response when a numeric measurement value

cannot be determined

Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described

Measurement Method or Device X ID 2/4

The method or device used to record the measurement

003050F850 1 39 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

PWK Paperwork

210

Heading

Optional

25

To identify the type and transmission of paperwork or supporting information

1 If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.

1 PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.

2 PWK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified

report.

3 PWK08 may be used to indicate action pertaining to a report.

1. Use this l/PWK/210 segment when the paperwork information applies to all ofthe

line items. Use the 2/PWK/070 segment ifthe information varies ky line item.

2. Use this segment to identify paperwork required to pass between the buyer and seller

and how that paperwork is to be transmitted.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

PWKOl

Data

Element

755

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Report Type Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

Use to identify the type ofpaperwork that is being provided to or must be

provided by the contractor. 25

35

AE

CI

C5

C6

CP

CX

CY

Purchase Plan

'Use to indicate a make or buy plan.

Subcontractor Plan

Attachment

Use to indicate some additional doctimeti^'e.g.^'tmroj

Governmentfurnishedproperty, related to this award

instrument is being sent by means other than witMn

the transaction set. Specify the nature ofthe document

in PWK07.

Cost Data Summary

XJse to indicate nou'certified cost andprice data.

Certified Cost and Price Data

Wage Determination

When used identify the Wage Determination numBef

in the l/REF/050 segment using code 2Y in KEFOL

Certificate of Compliance (Material Certification)

Use to indicate a Certificate ofConformance. When

used, PWK04 should cite code PC.

Cost/Schedule Status Report (C/SSR)

Contract status report showing budget, performance,

actual, cost variance, schedule variance, budget at complete, estimate at complete, and variance at complete at specified levels of the work breakdown

structure Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)

Status report for funds appropriation including

commitments, actual cost, forecast of billings, and

estimated termination costs

003050F850 1 40 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

DW Drawing(s)

Fl Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 1

Detailed contract status report including current

reporting month values at specified levels of the work

breakdown structure F2 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 2

Detailed contract status report at specified levels of the

organization breakdown structure F3 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 3

Contract baseline report that summarizes changes to the contract over a given reporting period with beginning

and ending values

F4 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 4

Contract resource summary report that forecasts labor

requirements for the remainder of a contract

F5 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 5

Contract summary or detail report explaining significant cost or schedule variances

IT Certified Inspection and Test Results

MR Material Inspection and Receiving Report

MS Material Safety Data Sheet

PD Proof of Delivery

PJ Purchasing Specification

Specifications, generated by a customer, setting

acceptance limits on the properties or performance of

the product being purchased; purchasing specifications

may additionally supply instructions for packaging,

transportation, delivery, and payments

Use to indicate a Statement of Work (SOW).

PM Proof of Insurance

PP Proposal

89 Representation

A statement (report) by a prospective contractor that

makes a representation about a specific condition

Use to indicate a payment andperformance bond.

SF Contract Security Classification Specification

Use to indicate that additional information relative to the Contract Security Classification Specification

transmitted in this transaction set will beprovided

SN Shipping Notice

SP Specification

US "BUY AMERICA" Certification of Compliance

PWK02 756 Report Transmission Code O ID 1/2

Code defining timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to be sent BE By Mail and Electronically

Use to indicate Electronic Mail (E-Mail),

BM By Mail

Use to indicate transmittal via the United States Postitl

Service (USPS).

CF Courier

Use to indicate transmittal via commercial express

courier.

DA Data

003050F850 1 41 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PWK03 757

PWK04 98

EL

Use to indicate otherforms ofelectronic transfer.

When used, identify the otherform in PWK07.

Electronically Only

Use to indicate that data was sent by a separate

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) transaction seL

When used, identify the unique number ofthe

transaction set in REF02 ofthe I/REF/050 segment

citing code TN in REfOI.

By Fax

Electronic Image

tJseto indicate the World Wide Web. When used,

provide the Universal Resource Locator (URL) where

information is to be obtained in PWK07.

With Shipment (With Package)

Report Copies Needed O NO 1/2

The number of copies of a report that should be sent to the addressee

The number ofcopies is assumed to be 1 unless a greater number is specified

in this daia element

Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Use to identify the recipient ofthe paperwork. Ifthere is more than one

recipientfor the same paperwork item, use multiple repetitions ofthe PWK

segment with the same report code in PWKOL Provide the address ofthe

recipient in the l/Nl/310 segment and/or the recipient communication

number in the I/PER/360 segment.

FX

lA

WS

44

7D

7N

BY

C4

IS

KF

KG

KY

PA

PC

SM

ZD

Data Processing Service Bureau

Use in conjunction with PWKOl code MS to indicate

the Agency's Hazardous Material Information System

(HMIS) centralfocalpoint to whom Material Safety

Data Sheets are to be sent

Contracting Officer Representative

Party to Receive Proposal

Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the Contracting Officer.

Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either

the specific contractor or all contractors in the

geographic area Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

Use when PWKOl is code IT or MR.

Audit Office

The office performing the audit

Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the

management of a designated project

Use to indicate the party responsiblefor theproject to4

include the advisor under a Grant

Technical Office

Party to Receive Inspection Report

Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

Party to Receive Reports

003050F850 1 42 18 March 1997
The organization designated to receive reports

Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use only ifnecessary to provide additional information or instructions

applicable to a specific paperwork item.

2. When PWKOl is code S9, use to identify the lead timefor submission of

thepayment andperformance bond.

3. When PWK02 is code DAf use to identify the otherform ofelectronic

transfer.

4. When PWK02 is code M, use to identify the URL.

5. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

some other means within the transaction set.

Actions Indicated O

Actions to be performed on the piece of paperwork identified

Paperwork/Report Action Code M ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

2 Report to be Filed

When PWKOl is code 25, 3S,^ CY, Fl,

F2, F3, F4, F5, IT, MR, MS, PD, PM, PP, S9, SN, or US, indicate the specifiedpaperwork is required to be

provided by the contractor.

PV Provided

When PWKOfis code AE, C6, DW, PJ, SF, or SP, use

to indicate the specified paperwork is being provided

by the buyer.

Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

43 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

PKGOl

PKG02

220

Heading

Optional

200

To describe marking, packaging, loading, and unloading requirements

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGOl is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use the MEA (Measurements) Segment to define dimensions, tolerances, weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGOl = "F", then PKG05 is used. If PKGOl = "S", then PKG04 is used. If

PKGOl = " X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used.

3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (description).

1. Use this l/PKG/220 segment to identicpackaging requirements that apply to all of

the line items. Ifthepackaging requirements apply to all ofthe line items to be

delivered to a named entity, use the l/PKG/420 segment. Ifthepackaging requirements

vary by line item, use the 2/PKG/300 segment or the 2/PKG/460 segment ifthe

packaging requirements are applicable to a named entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number ofitems in a unit container; the number

ofunit containers in an intermediate container; and the gross weight, cube and

dimensions ofa unit or intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

349

Attributes

X ID 1/1

753

Name

Item Description Type

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics

being described

Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements.

CD

CT

CUD

HM

IC

LP

OPI

PK

003050F850 1

Cleaning or Drying Procedure

Cushioning Thickness

Cushioning and Durmage

Hazardous Material

Intermediate Container

Level Of Preservation

Optional Procedure Indicator

Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PKis a threeposition code; the

firstposition signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via afreight

forwarder, Army Post Office (APO) or Fleet Post

Office (FPO), or air; the third position signifies Level

Cpackingfor domestic shipments. When standard

commercialpackagingper American Societyfor

44 18 March 1997
Testing and Materials (ASTM) D 3951 is acceptable,

cite MIL-STD 2073-2C code Xin PKG^^^^^^

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a Federal activity other than DoD or GSA.

Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the

marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product

/. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristics codes cited

in PKG02 can befound in Code Source List 197(MIL-STD 2073-2Q.

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code^ insert "Y" or "YY"

(dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD 2073-

2C. Use PKGOS to provide the supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor thepreservation method

code, insert either *'X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in

the code),

5. Whenever a code is used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKGOS.

PKGOS 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging

Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length

ofthis data element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD

in N901.

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by

some other means within the transaction set. Not Used PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

850 Purchase Order

PKGOS 559

PKG04 754

003050F850 1 45 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

Notes:

Not Used

Ref.

Pes.

TD501

TD502

TD503

TD504

Not Used TD505

Not Used TD506

Not Used TD507

Not Used TD508

240

Heading

Optional

12

To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information

1 At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD5 12 is required.

2 If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

3 If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

4 If TD5 1 0 is present, then TD5 1 1 is required.

1 When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual

routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Use this 1/TD5/240 segment to identify the transportation method that is applicable to

all ofthe line items. Ifthe transportation method applies to all ofthe line items to be

delivered to a named entity, use the 1/TD5/390 segment If(he transportation method

varies by line item, use the 2/TD5/250 segment or the 2/TD5/430 segment when the

information is applicable to a named entity.

Data

Element

133

66

67

91

387

368

309

310

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement

Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate theDoDAAC

ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

D Parcel Post

Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity

Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line

item or transaction

Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

003050F850 I 46 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used TD509

Not Used TD510

Not Used TD511

TD512

731 Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction

732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time

733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time

284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service

7. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When TD401 is code EMR, use to identic the transportation

requirements to satisfy the Emergency Order.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

003050F850 1 47 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

Ref.

Pes.

TD401

TD402

TD403

TD404

260

Heading

Optional

5

To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials

information, or both

1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required.

2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Use this 1/TD4/260 segment to identify special handling or hazardous material

information when it applies to all ofthe line items. Use the 1/TD4/410 segment when

the special handling or hazardous material information applies to all ofthe line items

applicable to a named entity. Ifthis information varies by line item, use the 2/TB4/270

segment or the 2/TD4/450 segment ifthe information is applicable to a named entity.

Data

Element

152

208

209

352

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Special Handling Code X ID 2/3

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions

'Use any code, other than code ZZZ, but the listed codes atWi W0m

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

pA Dangerous

EMR Emergency Service

Use to indicate an Emergency Order, When this code is used, TD517 mm

be used to specify transportation requirement

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

Flammable

Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

f'TT Less Than Truckload

IVC Notify Consignee before Delivery

aPCr Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209)

HJse any code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

''Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

some other means within the transaction set.

003050F850 1 48 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

MAN Marks and Numbers

270

Heading

Optional

10

To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers

1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container.

2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range.

3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range.

1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for

this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

1. Use this l/MAN/270 segment when the marks and numbers apply to all line items. If

the information varies by line item, use the 2/MAN/280 segment

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP number, Transportation

Control number, Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MANOl

Must Use MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

Data

Element

88

87

87

88

87

87

Data Element Summary

Name

Marks and Numbers Qualifier

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and

S Entire Shipment

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers Qualifier

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and

S Entire Shipment

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Attributes

M ID 1/2

Numbers (87)

M AN 1/45

of a shipment

O AN 1/45

of a shipment

X ID 1/2

Numbers (87)

X AN 1/45

of a shipment

O AN 1/45

of a shipment

003050F850 1 49 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use TXIOl

TXI02

TXI03

Not Used TXI04

Not Used TXI05

TXI06

TXI07

TXI08

TXI Tax Information

285

Heading

Optional

>1

To specify tax information

1 At least one of TXI02 TXI03 or TXI06 is required.

2 If either TXI04 or TXI05 is present, then the other is required.

3 If TXI08 is present, then TXI03 is required.

1 TXI07 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated

segment.

1 TXI02 is the monetary amount of the tax. 2 TXI03 is the tax percent expressed as a decimal.

3 If TXI02 is not used, then the application of the percent (TXI03) is between trading

partners.

Use this 1/77(1/285 segmentto identify taxes that apply to the total order amount Use

the 2/TXI/292 segment to identify taxes that apply to individual line item amounts.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

963

Attributes

M ID 2/2

782

954

955

956

441

662

Name

Tax Type Code

Code specifying the type of tax Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Monetary Amount X R 1/15

Monetary amount

Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

Tax Jurisdiction Code Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the data used in tax jurisdiction code

Tax Jurisdiction Code X AN 1/10

Code identifying the taxing jurisdiction

Tax Exempt Code X ID 1/1

Code identifying exemption status from sales and use tax Use any code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Relationship Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the relationship between entities

A Add

828

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 is to be

added to the total order amount

D Delete

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 has

been deletedfrom the total order amountproposed in

the Response to the Solicitation.

I Included

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 is included in the total order amount

Dollar Basis For Percent O R 1/9

Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or tax

003050F850 1 50 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

TXI09 325 Tax Identification Number O AN 1/20

Number assigned to a purchaser (buyer, orderer) by a taxing jurisdiction (state,

county, etc.); often called a tax exemption number or certificate number

When TXI06 is used^ provide the purchasing activity's tax exempt number

when required by the taxingjurisdiction.

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

1. Use to identify the ACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code

to which tax is applicable. These codes and their relationship to thefinancial

accounting data they represent are established in the l/AMT/287 loop.

2. Use only when TXI07 is code A.

TXIIO 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

003050F850 1 51 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

AMT Monetary Amount

287

AMT Optional

Heading

Optional

1To indicate the total monetary amount

L Use this iJm^S?segment to specify the total amount o/MWfdM^^fWm^^

accounting classification cited in the ATsegment, or to specify amounts associated

with incentive, awardfee, fixed-fee, or cost sharing award instruments when the

amounts apply to all ofthe line items.

2. Thefollowing table identifies how each co

is to be used depending on the code cited in BCOST, FEE, AND PRICE EXPRESSION Ta

BEG09 Code AMTOl Code AMTOl Code Use

CA/CB

CA/CB

CA/CB

CA/CB

fH

CH

CS

CW/CX

cw

cw

cx

FB/FC

FB/FC

FB/FC

FD

33 Target Cost

32 Target Fee

K5 Minimum Fee

K6 Maximum Fee

KO Contractor Firm Shflre

'

70 Estimated G

NA Use the 3/AMT/i

33 Cost

FE Base Fee

E9 Award Fee

E9 Fixed Fee

33 Target Cost

32 Target Profit

30 Price Ceiling

NA Forfixed-price contracts with prospective price

redetermination, use the3/AMT/020 segment-,

code 29for contract tp*sfl amoim*^ and use th

2/AMT/600 segment 101. is code FR

for Firm Fixed Price -vhen CNlOl

is code FDfor redek

ceiling price or code

mth a ceiling price.

ZZ NA Forfixed-price contracts with retroactive prio-.

redetermination, me the 3/AMT/020 segment, code

30for contract ceiling price; and use the 2/AMT/600

segment code 30 when CNlOl is code ZZforfixed

ceiling price ifitems subject to differing contract

type are present in the same contract

FF/FG ZQ Initial Target Cost

^F/FG K4 Initial Target Profit

%F/FG K6 Target Profit Ceiling

FF/FG K5 Target Profit Floor

FF/FG 30 Ceiling Price

FM 33 Fixed Price

FH FE Base Fee

FH E9 Award Fee

003050F850 1 52 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

FJ/FX/LH/TM NA Use the 2/AMT/600 segment, code 1forfixedprice

line items; and the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

for contract total amount

FK NA No cost orprice information required

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/2

Code to qualify amount

1. For the correct use ofthefollowing codes in variousfee andprofit

arrangements by type ofcontract, see the table above,

2. Codes K8 and KC are to be used in accordance with the notes or

definition associated with each code.

30 Contract Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined effort

32 Target Fee or Profit Amoimt

The fee (can also be percent) of profit that will apply to defined contract effort

33 Original Contract Target Cost

Value of the original negotiated contract

70 Open Commitments

Value of supplies or other items committed to for

payment (such as on delivery of products)

E9 Initial Fee

Beginning charge before any reductions

FE Fee

K4 Initial Target Fee

K5 Minimum Fee

K6 Maximum Fee

KC Obligated

An amount a party has an obligation to pay upon a successful performance by another party, (e.g., funds

obligated on a contract)

Use when the ATsegment carries long line accounting

data and cite the associated accounting code in the

l/REF/289 segment, e.g., code AXfor the ACRN.

Ref. Data

Pes. Element

Must Use AMTOl 522

Must Use AMT02 782

Not Used AMT03 478

Committed Amount

Initial Target Cost

KO

ZQ

Monetary Amount

Monetary amount

Credit/Debit Flag Code

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit

M R 1/15

O ID 1/1

003050F850 1 53 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

AT Financial Accounting

288

AMT Optional

Heading

Optional

1To transmit financial accounting data

1 If AT10 is present, then ATOl is required.

1 AT09 identifies unique local activity financial accounting information.

Use this segment to provide thefinancial accounting data applicable to this awatd

instrument.

Data Element Summary

Ref.

Pes.

Not Used ATOl

Must Use AT02

Not Used

Not Used

Not Used

Not Used

Must Use

AT03

AT04

AT05

AT06

AT07

Not Used AT08

Must Use AT09

Not Used ATIO

Data

Element

1271

1282

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

1288

352

1270

Attributes

X AN 1/20

Name

Industry Code

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list Treasury Symbol Number O AN 7/21

Number identifying a department, fiscal year, treasury account number, and

appropriation limit for a standard accounting classification coding structure Cite the basic appropriation number in this data element (department code

through appropriation limit). Example: 171795961810.0400.

Budget Activity Number O AN 1/16

Number identifying an administrative subdivision of funds against which a

transaction is to be charged for a standard accounting classification coding

structure Object Class Number O AN 3/12

Number identifying the nature of the goods or services acquired and a specific

office or organization using resources for a standard accounting classification

coding structure Reimbursable Source Number O AN 1/3

Number identifying the source of an appropriation or fiind reimbursement for a standard accounting classification coding structure Transaction Reference Number O AN 4/20

Number identifying an original request for goods and services to the matching

financial transaction for a standard accounting classification coding structure Accountable Station Number O AN 3/8

Number identifying an office responsible for entering a financial transaction

into the applicable accounting system for a standard accounting classification

coding structure Cite the Accountable Station Number in this data elemt ' " ' '"^^^^

Station Code is the Fiscal Station Number (FSN) ofhot

Office ofthe Secretary ofDefense (OSB), the Authorize

Activity (AAA) ofthe Navy, or the Accounting and Disi

Number (ADSN) used by the Air Force. The Accountah ^..^a^cs (TAC3) are published in the DoD 7000,14-R (Financial ?ment

Regulation). Civilian Agencies will cite their equivalen .ation code.

Paying Station Number O AN 8/14

Number identifying an office responsible for making a payment or collection

and the corresponding voucher number under which the action was taken for a standard accounting classification coding structure Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Cite the balance ofthefinancial accounting data which should include the

Accountable Station Number cited in AT07.

Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list

003050F850 1 54 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

REF Reference Numbers

289

AMT Optional

Heading

Optional

>1

To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Use this'segment to identi^ d code applicable to theftnanciat accounting

data cited in the preceding A T segment. This number or code can be cited in the

2/REF/610 segment in place of repeating the accounting data at the Detail level when

it is necessary to associate the accounting data with an amount cited in the 2/AMT/600

segment.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

REFOl

Not Used

REF02

REF03

Data

Element

128

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

10

Attributes

M ID 2/2

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account

Use to indicate an accounting code.

IZ Financial Detail Code

AX Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

FU Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fiiel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

P4 Project Code

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

003050F850 1 55 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

N9 Reference Number

290

N9 Optional

Heading

Optional

1To transmit identifying numbers and descriptive information as specified by the reference

number qualifier

1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required.

2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required.

1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects.

1. Use this 1/N9/290 loop to identify various clauses (e.g., Federal Acquisition

Regulation (FAR), Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS),

General Services Administration Regulation Supplement (GSARS), Department of

Veterans Affairs Acquisition Regulation Supplement ( VAARS), Agency, or other

clauses). Office ofManagement and Budget (0MB) Circular, special instructions or

other references that are applicable to the entire award instrument Ifthe information

varies by line item, use the 2/N9/330 segment.

2. When an Alternate section is applicable to a cited clause, the alpha/numeric

Alternate identifier and the date MUSTbe cited in thefollowing MSGsegment

3. When citing a clause in N902, the date ofthe clause MUSTbe cited in N904 and the

title ofthe clause may be optionally cited in thefollowing MSG segment

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

N901

Data

Element

128

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

5N

73

AU

BB

CJ

DF

DX

Citation of Statute Use to indicate the legislative authorization under

which this instrument, e.g., a grant, is awarded. Cite

the legislative program title in N903.

Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured under

a contract; statement of requirements

Authorization to Meet Competition No.

Use to indicate the FAR part 6 authorityfor using

other than full and open competition.

Authorization Number

Proves that permission was obtained to provide a

service

Use to indicate the Code ofFederal Regulations.

Clause Number

Use to indicate a purchasing activity clause (Le., a

clause notfound in FAR, DFARS, etc.). Identify the

purchasing activity issuing the clause in N903.

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations (DFAR)

Department/Agency Number

Use to indicate an Agency clause and identify the

agency in N903.

003050F850 56 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

EC Circular

Use to identify an Office ofManagement and Budget

(0MB) circular number.

FA Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

GS General Services Administration Regulations (GSAR)

K7 Paragraph Number

Use to indicate informationfor a contractor. Cite an

applicable number in N902 andprovide the

information in thefollowing MSGsegment The

numbering system can be based on the uniform

contractformat, e.g., H-1for special requirements or any other numbering system the originator desires. An

example ofthe use ofthis code is a notice to a

successful offerer that the Government reserves the

right to award the remainder ofthe line items in the

offer within the allowed offer acceptanceperiod.

KD Special Instructions Number

Use to indicate a special instruction. Indicate the

agency orpurchasing activity issuing the special

instruction in N903. Ifthis special instruction number

is not included in previously provided terms and

conditions, provide thefull text in thefollowing MSG

segment

KY Site Specific Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of procedures, terms, and conditions, applicable to a category of procurement emanating from a specific

location, which will be incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than by incorporating the lengthy

details it represents

KZ Master Solicitation Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of standard procedures, terms, and conditions,

applicable to a category of procurement, which will be

incorporated into all procurement actions in that

category by referencing its unique number rather than

by incorporating the lengthy details it represents

Use to indicate the Master Solicitation number that

contains applicable terms and conditions.

VB Department of Veterans Affairs Acquisition

Regulations (VAAR)

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate any other reference that cannot use a

specific qualifier code. Indicate the source ofthe

reference in N903 and use thefollowing MSG

segment, ifnecessary, to pass text

N902 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

N903 369 Free-form Description X AN 1/45

Free-form descriptive text

1. When N901 is code CJor DX, use to identify the agency orptircWaBng

'

activity issuing the clause cited in N902.

2. When N901 is code ZZ, use to identify the source ofthe reference and use

thefollowing MSGsegmentfor text, if necessary.

3. When N902 cites a FAR or other Progress Payment clause codified within

003050F850 1 57 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

48 CFR and the Progress Payment rate is other than the customary rate, cite

the words PROGRESS PAYMENTRATE andprovide the rate in the

following MSG segment.

4. Use offree~form text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

some other means within the transaction set.

N904

Not Used N905

Not Used N906

373 Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

Use to identify the date ofthe clause cited in N902, TheDD (day) portion of

the date is always 01.

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

003050F850 1 58 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

MSG Message Text

300

N9 Optional

Heading

Optional

1000

To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

1. Use this segment to carry the title orfull text ofmy clause, a special instruction, or

other information associated with the number cited in N902.

2. When N903 cites the words PROGRESS PAYMENTRATE, use this segment to identic the rate.

3. This segment is also used to carry clausefill-in information that is notprovided

elsewhere within the transaction set. Use ofclause titles when providingfill-in

information is recommended,

4. When providingfill-in information, thefollowingformat is recommended:

a) In thefirst iteration ofthe segment, cite the clause title, and the clause Alternate

identifier with date if applicable, followed by a pipe sign to indicate the end ofthe title information, then cite the number offill-insfollowed by a secondpipe sign to indicate

the end ofthe title segment

b) For eachfill-in, begin a new MSGsegment using the sequence in which thefill- ins appear within the clause. These MSG segments may each begin with a number

indicating thefill-in 's sequenceposition. End eachfill-in with a pipe sign. Jfmultiple

iterations ofMSG are requiredfor a longfill-in, end only the last MSGsegment ofthat

fill-in with thepipe sign.

5. Thepurpose ofthepipe sign (\) is to provide an indication to receiving applications

that the data string related to a single entry has been completed.

An example ofa clause with 3fill-insfollows:

MSG*Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work Alternate I (April

m4)\3\

MSG*!. 3(f\

MSG*2. 30Sepl995\

MSG*3. 15Janl995\

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MSGOl

6. An example alternativeformatprovides allfill-in information within the title MSG

segment asfollows:

MSG*Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work Alternate I (Apr

1984)\3\30\Sep 30, 199S\Jan 15, 1995\

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

933 Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text When citing a Progress Payment rate, the rate (percentage) shall be cited as afourposition number with two decimal places. Cite 87percent as 87.00,

Attributes

M AN 1/264

OO305OF850 59 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

cite 87.5 percent as 8 7. SO, cite 7. 25 percent as 07,25,

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

003050F850 1 60 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Nl Name

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

NlOl

310

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

1To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required.

2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N1 05 and N1 06 further define the type of entity in N1 0 1

1. Use this l/Nl/310 loop to identify organizations or locations that apply to all the line

items. Ifthe information varies by line item, use the 2/N1/350 loop.

2. Wheneverpossible, identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103, andN104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable, when

the address cannot be provided using one ofthe codes listed in N103.

3. At least 2 iterations ofthis segment are REQUIRED using codes BYand SE.

Data

Element

98

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28

31

44

54

61

7D

7E

7G

003050F850 1

Subcontractor

Postal Mailing Address

Use only when an actual mailing address is required

and it is differentfrom the address providedfor any

other qualifier code. Do not use ifanother qualifier

code can be used to pass this address. When used, cite

the name ofthe party in N102 and the N2 segment, if

necessary.

Data Processing Service Bureau

Use to indicate the Agency's Hazardous Material

Information System (UMIS) centralfocalpoint to whom Material Safety Data Sheets are to be sent

Order Writer

Individual who receives the product from the customer

and prepares the repair order describing work to be

performed

Use to indicate activities authorized to place orders

against award instruments, e.g., requirements,

indefinite quantity. Blanket Purchase Agreements

(BPAs), Basic Ordering Agreements (BOAs), etc. Performed At

The facility where work was performed

Use to indicate additionalplaces ofperformance, if

applicable.

Contracting Officer Representative

Party Authorized to Definitize Contract Action

Hazardous Material Office

Use to indicate the installation Hazardous Material or

Safety Office serving the ship-to location.

61 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

7H Government Furnished Property FOB Point

7M Inspection and Acceptance Location

Wse to indicate the inspection and acceptancepoint

when both are at the same location but the location is neither at origin nor at destination.

7N Party to Receive Proposal

Use to indicate the office to receive a proposalfor an

undeftnOized contract action.

7P Transportation Office

92 Support Party

The organization supporting the resolution of an

investigation

Use to indicate a secondary Contract Administration

0fice.

AE Additional Delivery Address

tJse to indicate a shipment in-place location,

BT Bill-to-Party

Use to indicate the party who will provide

reimbursementfor the payment ofa contractor's

invoice. This is an internal Government billed party

and not the party the contractor hills. Use is discouraged. Use only when the contractor or other

party receiving the order or a copy ofthe order, needs

jtp receive this information.

BY Buying Party (Purchaser)

C4 Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either

the specific contractor or all contractors in the

geographic area C9 Contract Holder

Use to indicate theparty to whom a contract is 9

awarded ifother than the setting party, e.g., The Small

Business Administration for a Section 8A award. The

contract number awarded by the SBA is cited in

BEG06.

CY Country

'Vse to indicate the country to which a Foreign

hiilitary Sale applies. Cite "FMS" in NI02 and cite

khe applicable two position ISO 3166 country code in

mo4.

DL Dealer

aUse to indicate a dealer or reseller ofproducts.

DS Distributor

'pse to indicate a distributor ofproducts.

DZ Delivery Zone

Area where the product was delivered

ij. Use to indicate an area to which deliveries are

expected to be made under a requirements or an

indefinite delivery type award instrument, Specify the zone in N104 (e.g., 10, lit 12, etc., must be a minimum

of2 positions) using code ZNin N103 and identic the

states or countries that comprise the zone in N402 or

jN404. The zone number wiU be cited in CTPIO and ^

003050F850 1 62 18 March 1997
theprice associated with delivery to that zone will he

specijied in CTP03.

2. Ifthe FOBpoint varies by delivery zone or by

locations within a delivery zone, identify the FOB

point in the 1/N4/340 segment

Examiner

Use to indicate a Grant Investigator.

Facility

Use to indicate theprincipalplace ofperformance

when other than the address identified with code SB.

Intermediate Consignee

Use to indicate afreightforwarder.

Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

Item Manager

The address of the person responsible for the

management of an item of supply

Use to indicate the Government inventory manager.

Audit Office

The office performing the audit

Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the

management of a designated project

Use to indicate the governmentparty responsiblefor a

project to include the advisor under a Grant.

Free on Board Point

Use to indicate the FOBpoint when it has to be

described by a specific address rather than as a code

value indicating either origin or destination.

Applicable when FOB02 is code KE, KL, or ZZ.

Technical Office

Use to indicate the technical office that has

cognizance over the technicalportion ofthe order, if

different than the office originating the order. Do not

use unless it is intendedfor the contractor to deal

directly with the citedparty.

Acceptance Location

Use to indicate acceptance is at other than origin or

destination.

Inspection Location

Place where the item was viewed or inspected

Use to indicate the inspection location when it has to be described as an address.

Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate the inspection agency is other than the

Contract Administration Office.

Party to Receive Inspection Report

Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

Party to Receive Purchase Order

Use to indicate entities other than the contractor that are to receive copies ofthe award instrument.

Party to Receive Shipping Notice

Party to Receive Invoice for Goods or Services

Use to indicate where the invoice should be mailed.

Payer

63 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Use to indicate the paying office,

PW Pick Up Address

R6 Requester

Use to indicate the requesting agency/activity.

RI Remit To

Use to indicate the place to sendpayment ifit is differentfrom the contractor's address, e.g., a bank,

financial office location, etc. SE Selling Party

Use to indicate the party receiving the award. Ifthe

award is for a Section 8a contract, also use code C9 to identify the Small Business Administration (SBA).

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ST Ship To

Ifthe address is an FPO or APO, use the appropriate

code in NlOl, cite FPO or APO in N102, cite the zip

code in N403, cite code AR in N405, and cite the two

letter identifier (AA for Miami, AEfor New Yon:,

for San Francisco) in N406.

SV Service Performance Site

When services are contracted for, this describes the

organization for whom or location address at which

those services will be performed

Use to indicate the location where a service, e.g., grass

cutting, is to be performed or where servicefor a

product can be obtained.

TQ Third Party Reviewing Organization (TPO)

Use to indicate the officefor receipt offoreign

disclosure sensitive information per DoD Directive

5230.25.

TS Party to Receive Certified Test Results

X2 Party to Perform Packaging

A party responsible for packaging an item after it has

been produced

Z7 Mark-for Party

The party for whom the needed material is intended

ZD Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

N102 93 Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name

N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

While the Federal Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) program uses the

Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number, other Government

users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and

additional numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference

existing data bases to newprocurement actions,

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

Use ofthe DUNS or DUNS^4 number is preferred over other codes to identify an entity.

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character

Suffix

Use ofthe DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred over other codes to identify an entity.

003050F850 1 64 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

N104 67

Not Used N105

Not Used N106

706

98

10

33

A2

ZN

Identification Code

Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or Civilian

Agency Activity Address Code.

Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity

Zone

When NlOl is codeDZ, use to indicate a delivery zone. X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

When N103 is code ZN, cite one ofthefollowing:

fl, A delivery zone designation, e.g., 01, 10, la, etc.

b. The word "CONUS" to specify all points within the continental United

States that are not otherwise identified within a zone.

c. The word "WORLD" to specify all points outside the continental United

States that are not otherwise identified within a zone. Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship

Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

003050F850 1 65 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use N201

N202

Additional Name Information

320

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

2

To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name Attributes

93 Name M AN 1/35

Free-form name

93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name

003050F850 1 66 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use N301

N302

Address Information

330

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

2

To specify the location of the named party

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name Attributes

166 Address Information M AN 1/35

Address information

166 Address Information O AN 1/35

Address information

003050F850 1 67 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment: N4 Geographic Location

Position: 340

Loop: Nl Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party

Syntax Notes: 1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.

2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

Notes: 1. This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code

in N103/N104.

Ref.

Pes.

N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

2. When NlOl is code DZand N104 does not cite tlte words "CONUS" or "WORLD",

this segment may by used to identic locations within a delivery zone and the FOB

0>int ifit varies by delivery zone or locations within a delivery zone.

Data

Element

19

156

116

26

309

Data Element Summary

Attributes

O AN 2/30

Name

City Name

Free-form text for city name

State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency

Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States)

Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country

Cite the two position ISO 3166 country code.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

1. When NlOl is code DZ and the l/FOB/080 segment is not used to identify

the FOBpoint, use to specify the FOB pointfor a delivery zone orfor a

location within a zone.

2. When NlOl is code ST, use to specify an APO or FPO location, if

applicable.

AR Armed Services Location Designation

Use to indicate an Army Post Office (APO) or Fleet

Post Office (FPO).

DE Destination (Shipping)

OR Origin (Shipping Point)

ZN Zone Code

Qualifies a code that identifies a geographic area where

transportation rates apply

When it is necessary to associate the entity identified

in NlOl with a delivery zone, use this code in

conjunction with an appropriate NlOl code (eg, DL,

DS, SV, etc).

ZZ Mutually Defmed

003050F850 1 68 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

N406 310 Location Identifler

Use to indicate an POBpoint other than origin or

destination. Identify the FOB point in N406.

O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

h When N40S is codeAR, cite the two letter APO or FPO identifier (AAfor

Miami, AEfor New York, AFfor San Francisco).

2. When N405 is code ZZ, use to identify the location ofthe other FOB

point. Cite the 5position United Nations codefor ports and other locations

(UN/LOCODE) in accordance with the United Nations Location Code

Manual.

3. When N405 is code ZN, use to identify a delivery zone associated with the

entity identified in NlOl. Identify the delivery zone using the same zone number or keyword specified in establishing the zone.

J

003050F850 1 69 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

REF Reference Numbers

350

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

12

To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

1. Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a ship-to location^ Le.,

when NIOI is code ST. The number cited can be a reference number or code used in

place offinancial accounting data, e.g., an ACRN,fund code, etc.; a transportation

control number; a GBL number; a requisition number; or thefinancial accounting

number.

Must Use

2. Use also to identify major subdivisions and lower levels within the selling party's

organization and also to provide a special price authorization number, ifapplicable.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name

REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

19

IZ

9B

AT

AX

BL

DP

FU

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account

Use to indicate an accounting code.

Division Identifier

Use to indicate the major subdivision name ofthe

organization identified in N101. For example,

ofEngineering or Adhesive Products Division, tite the name in REF03.

Financial Detail Code

Repriced Line Item Reference Number

1. Use to indicate a specialprice duthorizatiom

number.

2. When used, code lA should be used in PEROl in

the l/PER/360 segment and code SPC should be used

in CTP02 in the 2/CTP/040 segment within the

^

loop ofthe line items that are authorized a specie:,

price.

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Government Bill of Lading

Department Number

Use to indicate the department, service, laboratory, or

equivalent level within the major subdivision name

(code 19) ofthe organization. For example.

Department ofIndustrial Engineering or Sales

Department Cite the name in REF03.

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

003050F850 1 70 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

REF02

REF03

127

352

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

IL Internal Order Number

Wse to indicate the requisition number

(MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP document) number.

P4 Project Code

TG Transportation Control Number (TCN)

TH Transportation Account Code (TAC)

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

003050F850 1 71 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact

Position: 360

Loop: Nl Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed

Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to provide communications contacts associated with the entities cited

in the same Nl loop.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

Must Use PEROl 366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named

Use to identify the various individuals who can be contacted regarding

specific areas ofthis award instrument.

lA Review/Repricing Contact

/. When NlOl is code SE, use to indicate an

individual who authorized a one time special pricefor |

line items in this award instrument, e.g., a spot pricing

reduction from an existing contract or catalog price.

In this instanccy PEROl MUSTbe used, I

2. When used, cite a special price authorization

number in the l/KEF/350 segment citing code 9B in

REFOl and use the 2/CTP/040 segment in the POl

loop ofthe line items authorized the special price

citing code SPC in CTP02.

AC Administrative Contracting Officer

Use in conjunction with NlOl code C4.

AT Material Safety Data Sheet Contact

Use in conjunction with NlOl code 44.

AV Advisor

Use in conjuncdon with NlOl code KG to indicate the

Governmentparty who will work with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a particular science area.

BD Buyer Name or Department

1. Includes Grants Management Specialists.

2. Use in conjunction with NlOl code BY

CD Contract Contact

Use in conjunction with NlOl code 7D to indicate a

Contracting Officer's Representative.

CN General Contact

When NlOl is code ST, use to indicate the accepting

official at destination.

HM Hazardous Material Contact

Use in conjunction with NlOl code 7G.

IC Information Contact

003050F850 1 72 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

NT

PC

PP

QR

RE

SI

Wse in conjunction with an applicable NlOl code to indicate an information point ofcontact when no

other code applies.

Notification Contact

When NlOl is code STandLDTOl in the l/LDT/160

segment cites code AI, use to indicate theparty to be

contactedfor shipping instructions.

Purchasing Contracting Officer (PCO)

Person to whom a warrant has been issued authorizing

that person to obUgate funds on behalf of the

government

1. Includes Grants/Contract Project Officer.

2. Use in conjunction with NlOl code BY.

Program Manager

1. Includes Grants Project Officer

2. Use in conjunction with NlOl code KG

Ordering Officer

An individual authorized to place orders against

existing contracts When NlOl is code 54, use to indicate persons within an activity authorized to place orders against award

instruments.

Receiving Contact

When NlOl is code STandLDTOl in the l/LDT/160

segment cites code AI, use to indicate theparty to be

contactedfor to schedule a shipment

Investigator

Use in conjunction with NlOl code SE to indicate the

party designated as theprincipal investigator within

the selling party's organization.

SU Supplier Contact

Use in conjunction with NlOl code SE to indicate a

contact within the sellingparty *s organization.

TA Traffic Administrator

Use in conjunction with NlOl code 7P to indicate a

transportation officer, i.e., the party who can be

contactedfor a bill oflading or transportation

information.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name

Use to identify the name ofa point ofcontact Last name,followed byfirst

name, is preferred. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35 characters, the use ofinitials for thefirst name is recommended. PER09 may be used to cite the

party's title. PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

AU

EM

FX

IT

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Facsimile

International Telephone

003050F850 1 73 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Include the country code,

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in

PER02. For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can

be used to cite a FAXnumber.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommimications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension

Use only ifPER03 is used citing either code AUor

TE.

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to indicate a third communications numberfor theparty cited in PER02.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommimications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension

Use only ifPEROS is used citing either AUor TE.

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include country code.

TE Telephone

Used to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted

as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

003050F850 1 74 18 March 1997
Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number

Use, if necessary, to provide the title oftheparty cited in PER02.

75 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Not Used

Ref.

Pes.

TD501

TD502

TD503

TD504

Not Used TD505

Not Used TD506

Not Used TD507

Not Used TD508

Not Used TD509

003050F850 1

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

390

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

12

To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information

12

3

4

1

At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required.

If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

If TD510 is present, thenTDSll is required.

When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual

routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Use this 1/TD5/390 segment when the transportation method is the samefor all line

items being shipped to a named entity. Ifthe transportation method varies by line item,

'use the 2/TD5/250 segment or the 2/TD5/430 segment when the information is applicable to a named entity.

Data

Element

133

66

67

91

387

368

309

310

731

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement

Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL^ use to indicate the DoDAAC

ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCXI2 codes.

D Parcel Post

Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity

Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line

item or transaction

Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

76 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used TD510

Not Used TD511

TD512

The point of origin and point of direction

732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time

733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time

284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service

Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

003050F850 1 77 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

TD4

Ref.

Pes.

TD401

TD402

TD403

TD404

Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

410

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials

information, or both

1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required.

2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Use this 1/TD4/410 segment to identify special hditdting or Hazardous material

information that is the samefor all ofthe line items applicable to a named entity. If

this information varies by line item, use the 2/TD4/270 segment or the 2/TD4/450

segment ifthe information is applicable to a named entity.

Data

Element

152

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Special Handling Code X ID 2/3

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions

Any code, other than code ZZZ, may be used but the listed codes are

preferred.

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than FuU Carhad

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Noti^fy Consignee before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209)

Use any code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material

352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

some other means within the transaction set

003050F850 78 1 8 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

420

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

200

To describe marking, packaging, loading, and unloading requirements

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGOl is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use the MEA (Measurements) Segment to define dimensions, tolerances, weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGO 1 = ' T", then PKG05 is used. If PKGO 1 = ' S", then PKG04 is used. If

PKGOl = '^X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used.

3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (description).

Notes: 1. Use this l/PKG/420 segment when the packaging requirements are the samefor all

ofthe line items to be delivered to a named entity. Ifthepackaging requirements vary

by line item, use the 2/PKG/300 segment or the 2/PKG/460 segment if thepackaging

requirements are applicable to a named entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number ofitems in a unit container, the number

ofunit containers in a intermediate container, and the gross weight, cube and

dimensions ofa unit container or an intermediate container, is carried in the

2/PO4/090 segment

Ref.

Pes.

PKGOl

PKG02

Data

Element

349

753

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Item Description Type X ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics

being described

Use the listed codes to identify the applicablepackaging requirements.

CD

CT

CUD

HM

IC

LP

OPI

PK

Cleaning or Drying Procedure

Cushioning Thickness

Cushioning and Dunnage

Hazardous Material

Intermediate Container

Level Of Preservation

Optional Procedure Indicator

Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PKis a threeposition code; the

firstposition signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via afreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments.

When standard commercialpackaging per ASTMD

3951 is acceptable, cite MIL-STD 2073-2C code Xin

00305OF85O 1 79 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a federal activity ottier than i)aZ3> llF^ ^

'

GSA.

Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the

marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product

H The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes in

PKG02 can befound in Code Source List 197 (MIL-SW 2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y" or "YY"

(dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofposMons in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listedm MIlcSTjy'^^073--

2C. Use PKG05 to provide the supplementary or special requirpmenM

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging cltiirmteristic code is included as part oftlie requiremerits definedfor the preservation meti0d

code, insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the i- ^ioniin.

the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information^ provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging

Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length

ofthis data element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD

in N901.

PKG03 559

PKG04 754

2, Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

some other means within the transaction set. Not Used PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

003050F850 1 80 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

LM Code Source Information

430

LM Optional

Heading

Optional

1To transmit standard code list identification information

1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Use this loop to provide data that cannot be provided by other means within this

transaction set, e.g., field contract administration office data.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

LMOl

LM02

Data

Element

559

822

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Agency Qualifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Use any code other than code ZZ. Use code DFto indicate the Department

ofDefense in preference to code DD.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

When LQOl is code ZZ, identify the code list that contains the code cited in

003050F850_1 81 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

LC^ Industry Code

440

LM Optional

Heading

Mandatory

>1

Code to transmit standard industry codes

1 If LQOl is present, then LQ02 is required.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

LQOl 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list

2 Type of Business Code

The classification of a contractor's business

Use to indicate the contractor's type ofbusiness

classification, e.g., small disadvantaged business,

hospital, etc. 6 Special Contract Provision Code

Certain contract clauses and provisions that require

special attention

Use to indicate special clauses that apply to the award

instrument.

7 Quality Assurance Site Code

The site at which quality assurance is performed

Use to indicate the inspection point.

9 Indicator Code

A specific condition applies to the contract Use to indicate specific conditions that apply to the

award instrument.

A9 Supplementary Address

Identifies the originating organization's unique logistics

information

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate that a code list is identified in LM02.

LQ02 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

1. Use to cite a codefrom the code list identified by the qualifier in LQOl.

2. Wlten LQOl is code ZZ, use to cite a code from the code list identified in

LM02.

003050F850 1 82 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use SPIOl

SPI02

SPI03

Not Used SPI04

Not Used SPI05

Not Used SPI06

SPI07

SPI08

003050F850_1

SPI Specification Identifler

450

SPI Optional

Heading

Optional

1To provide a description of the included specification or technical data items

1 If either SPI02 or SPI03 is present, then the other is required.

This loop is used to carry the security information which is normally provided in the

Department ofDefense Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254).

All data contained in this loop is applicable to theDD Form 254.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name Attributes

786 Security Level Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the

information following

Use to identify the highest level ofsafeguarding requiredfor the data

associated with the award instrument

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret

94 Government Top Secret

128 Reference Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Use to identify the award instrument number applicable to the Contract

Security Classification Specification.

CT Contract Number

127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

790 Entity Title O AN 1/132

Title of the data entity

791 Entity Purpose O AN 1/80

The reason for the existence of the data item specified by the electronic data

item independent of its presence in an EDI transaction

792 Entity Status Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the current status of the data item specified by the electronic

data item

353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set Use to identify the type ofContract Security Classification Specification

being issued.

00 Original

04 Change

Use to indicate a revised Contract Security

Classification Specification.

20 Final Transmission

Use to indicate afinal Contract Security Classification

Specification.

755 Report Type Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

83 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

SF Contract Security Classification Specification

SPI09 786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the

information following

Use to indicate thefacility clearance level requiredfor the award instrument.

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret

94 Government Top Secret

Not Used SPIIO 559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Not Used SPIll 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

Not Used SPI12 554 Assigned Number O NO 1/6

Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set Not Used SPI13 1322 Certification Type Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the type of certification

Not Used SPI14 1401 Proposal Data Detail Identifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying the basis of a cited value in a proposal

0O3050F850 1 84 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

REFOl

Not Used

REF02

REF03

REF Reference Numbers

460

SPI Optional

Heading

Optional

5To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Use to identify reference numbers applicable to the Contract Security Classification

Specification.

Data

Element

128

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

3X Subcontract Number

KS Solicitation

A discreet number assigned by the purchasing activity

to differentiate between different solicitations

YB Revision Number

When SPI07is code 04, use to indicate the revision

number ofthe Contract Security Classification

Specification.

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

003050F850 1 85 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use DTMOl

DTM Date/Time Reference

DTM02

Not Used DTM03

Not Used DTM04

DTM05

Not Used DTM06

Not Used DTM07

470

SPI Optional

Heading

Optional

5

To specify pertinent dates and times

1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required.

2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

Use to identify dates applicable to the Contract Security Classification Specification.

Data

Element

374

373

337

623

624

1250

1251

Data Element Summary

Name

Date/Time Qualifier

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Attributes

M ID 3/3

036

165

171

334

703

Date

Date (YYMMDD)

Time

Expiration

Date coverage expires

When SPI02 is code CT, use to indicate the expiration

date ofthe award instrument.

Final Issue When SPIOTiscode 20, use to indicate the date ofthe

final Contract Security Classification Specification,

Revision

When SPIOJis code 04, use to indicate the date ofthe

revised Contract Security Classification Specification.

Re-evaluation Date

The date on which the student's placement in special

education or other programs will be re-assessed

Use to indicate the biennial review date ofthe

Contract Security Classification Specification.

Original Transaction

Jflien SPI07 is code 00, use to indicate the date ofthe

original Contract Security Classification Specification.

X DT 6/6

X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Century O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY)

Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

003050F850 1 86 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

MSG Message Text

480

SPI Optional

Heading

Optional

50

To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

1. "Use to provide information applicable to the Contract Security Classification

Specification, e.g., a general identification ofthe award, or security guidance in clear

text.

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by some

other means within the transaction set

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MSGOl

Not Used MSG02

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

933 Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text 934 Printer Carriage Control Code O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Attributes

M AN 1/264

003050F850 1 87 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Nl Name

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

NlOl

490

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

1To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required.

2 If either N1 03 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N1 05 and N1 06 further define the type of entity in N1 0 1

.

1. Wheneverpossible, identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103, andN104, Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable^ when

the address cannot be provided using one ofthe codes listed in N103.

2. The addresses cited in this loop are applicable to the Contract Security Classification

Specification.

3. Ifthe address is an FPO orAFO, cite the appropriate code in NlOl, cite FPO or APO in N102, cite the zip code in N403, cite code AR in N405, and cite the two letter identifier (AA for Miami, AEfor New York, APfor San Francisco) in N406.

Data

Element

98

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28

61

B2

C4

Kl

K2

K3

K4

K5

KG

Subcontractor

Performed At

The facility where work was performed

Use to indicate the actualplace ofperformance.

Other Unlisted Type of Organizational Entity

An organization, e.g., a business, the description of

which cannot be accomplished using the existing code

list and for which the trading partners have not mutually

agreed to a definition for it Use to indicate an unlisted entity to whom distribution

ofthe Contract Security Classification Specification is. to be made.

Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either

the specific contractor or all contractors in the

geographic area Contractor Cognizant Security Office

Subcontractor Cognizant Security Office

Place of Performance Cognizant Security Office

Party Authorizing Release of Security Information

Party To Receive Contract Security Classification

Specification

Project Manager

003050F850 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

N102

N103

N104

Not Used N105

Not Used N106

KI

01

The address of the person responsible for the

management of a designated project

Use to indicate theparty responsiblefor a project to include the advisor under a Grant

United States Overseas Security Administration Office

Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate another entity that has inspection

responsibilities.

Prime Contractor

Party performing certification

X AN 1/35

ID 1/2

PG

PV

93 Name

Free-form name

66 Identification Code Qualifier

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

While the Federal EDIprogram uses the DUNS number, other Government

users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and

additional numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference

existing data bases to newprocurement actions.

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

Use ofthe DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred over other codes to identify an entity.

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character

Suffix

Use ofthe DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred over other codes to identify an entity.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or Civilian

Agency Activity Address Code. ^^^^

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship

98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

003050F850 1 89 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use N201

N202

Additional Name Information

500

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

2

To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name Attributes

93 Name M AN 1/35

Free-form name

93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name

003050F850 1 90 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use N301

N302

Address Information

510

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

2

To specify the location of the named party

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in

§103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

166 Address Information

Address information

166 Address Information

Address information

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

003050F850 1 91 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

N4 Geographic Location

520

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

1To specify the geographic place of the named party

1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.

2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a < ode in

'

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref.

Pes.

N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

N406

Data

Element

19

156

116

26

309

310

Attributes

O AN 2/30

Name

City Name

Free-form text for city name

State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency

Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States)

Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

AR Armed Services Location Designation

Use to indicate an Army Post Office (APO) or Fleet

Post Office (FPO).

Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

}V1ien N405 is code AR, cite the two letter APO or FPO identifier (AAfor

Miami, AEfor New Yorii, APfor San Francisco),

003050F850 92 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

G6101

Must Use G6102

G6103

G6104

G6105

G61 Contact

540

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

1To identify a person or office to whom communications should be directed

1 If either G6103 or 06 104 is present, then the other is required.

1 G6103 qualifies 06 104.

Use this 1/G61/540 segment to provide names associated with addresses cited in the Nt

segment

Data

Element

366

93

365

364

443

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named

CE Certifier

PP Program Manager

Name M AN 1/35

Free-form name

Use to identify the name ofa point ofcontact Last name, followed byfirst

name, is preferred. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35 characters, the use ofinitialsfor thefirst name is recommended. G6105 may be used to cite the

party 's title or office symbol

Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number

Wse to provide the title or the office symbol ofthe party cited in G6102.

003050F850 1 93 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

MSG Message Text

550

Nl Optional

Heading

Optional

50

To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

1. Use this segment to provide plain text information applicable to the entity cited in

the preceding Nl segment

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by some

other means within the transaction set

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MSGOl

Not Used MSG02

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

933 Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text 934 Printer Carriage Control Code O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Attributes

M AN 1/264

003050F850 1 94 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment: CBl Contract and Cost Accounting Standards Data

Position: 560

Loop: CBl Optional

Level: Heading

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify contract and cost accounting standards data

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: Use this segment to identify the access required to specific data and information in the

performance ofthe contract and to identify the actions required ofand authorizations

provided to the contractor under the award instrument.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

Must Use CBlOl 1309 Acquisition Data Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying acquisition data

18 Access to Communications Security Information

Required

19 Access to Communication Security Information Not

Required

20 Access to Restricted Data Required

21 Access to Restricted Data Not Required

22 Access to Critical Nuclear Weapon Design Information

Required

23 Access to Critical Nuclear Weapon Design Information

Not Required

24 Access to Formerly Restricted Data Required

25 Access to Formerly Restricted Data Not Required

26 Access to Sensitive Compartmented Information

Required

27 Access to Sensitive Compartmented Information Not

Required

28 Access to Non-sensitive Compartmented Information

Required

29 Access to Non-sensitive Compartmented Information

Not Required

30 Access to Special Access Information Required

31 Access to Special Access Information Not Required

32 Access to North Atlantic Treaty Organization

Information Required

33 Access to North Atlantic Treaty Organization

)- Information Not Required

34 Access to Foreign Government Information Required

35 Access to Foreign Govenunent Information Not

Required

36 Access to Limited Dissemination Information Required

37 Access to Limited Dissemination Information Not

Required

38 Access to For Official Use Only Information Required

39 Access to For Official Use Only Information Not

Required

40 Access to Other Type of Information Required

41 Access to Other Type of Information Not Required

003050F850 1 95 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

Contractor Will Have Access to United States Classified Information at another Contractor's Facility or a Government Activity

Contractor Will Not Have Access to United States Classified Information at another Contractor's Facility or a Government Activity

Contractor Will Receive Classified Documents Only

Contractor Will Not Receive Classified Documents

Only

Contractor Will Receive or Generate Classified Material

Contractor Will Not Receive or Generate Classified

Material

Contractor Will Fabricate, Modify, or Store Classified

Hardware

Contractor Will Not Fabricate, Modify, or Store

Classified Hardware

Contractor Will Perform Services Only

Contractor Will Not Perform Services Only

Contractor Will Have Access to United States Classified Information outside the United States, Puerto

Rico, United States Possessions and Trust Territories

Contractor Will Not Have Access to United States Classified Information outside the United States, Puerto

Rico, United States Possessions and Trust Territories

Contractor Will Be Authorized to use the Services of

Defense Technical Information Center or other

Secondary Distribution Center

Contractor Will Not Be Authorized to use the Services

of Defense Technical Information Center or other

Secondary Distribution Center

Contractor Will Require a Communications Security

Account

Contractor Will Not Require a Communications

Security Account

Contractor Will Have Tempest Requirements

Contractor Will Not Have Tempest Requirements

Contractor Will Have Operations Security

Requirements

Contractor Will Not Have Operations Seciuity

Requirements

Contractor Will Be Authorized to use the Defense

Courier Service

Contractor Will Not Be Authorized to use the Defense

Courier Service

Contractor Will Have some other Authorization in the

Performance of the Contract

Contractor Will Not Have some other Authorization in

the Performance of the Contract

Facility Clearance Required

Facility Clearance Not Required

Follow-on Contract

Not a Follow-on Contract

Final Contract Security Classification Specification

Not a Final Contract Security Classification

Specification

Direct Public Release Authorized

Direct Public Release Not Authorized

0O305OF85O 1 96 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

74 Additional Materials being Forwarded

75 No Additional Materials being Forwarded

76 Additional Requirements Established

11 AflHitinnal Rpninrf*TTipnt<; N^nt pQtaHli<jlipH

/o Elements of the Contract are outside the Inspection

i\.esponsiuuiiy oi me <i^ognizdni oecuniy ^jiiicc

79 No Element of the Contract Is Outside the Inspection

Responsibility of the Cognizant Security Office

80 Contractor Distribution Required

81 Contractor Distribution Not Required

82 Subcontractor Distribution Required

Q A o4 Cognizant Security Office for Prime and Subcontractor

Distribution Required

Cognizant Security Office for Prime and Subcontractor

Distribution Not Required oo United States Activity Responsible for Overseas

Security Admmistration Distribution Required

0 / United States Activity Responsible for Overseas

Security Administration Distribution Not Required

OO Administrative Contracting Office Distribution

ivequireu

89 Administrative Contracting Office Distribution Not

Required

90 Other Distribution Required

91 Other Distribution Not Required

Not Used CB102 1310 Financing Type Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying the type of contract financing required by the submitter of a

pricing proposal

003050F850 1 97 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

REFOl

REF02

REF03

REF Reference Numbers

570

CBl Optional

Heading

Optional

20

To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Use this l/REF/570 segment to provide reference numbers associated with access information contained in the Contract Security Classification Specification (DD Form

254).

Data

Element

128

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

43

Attributes

M ID 2/2

Supporting Document Number

Supports or clarifies information and values represented

in a document

Use to indicate a reference (paragraph number or

section) that contains additional information

applicable to the DD Form 254. Ctie the reference in

^F02 and identify the document in REF03.

KL Contract Reference

'Use to indicate a clause in the award instrument that

contains additional security requirements or unique

inspection requirements.

KU Office Symbol

A number assigned for reference to a specific office

within an organization

When CBlOl is code 90, use to indicate the office

symbol to which additional distribution ofthe Contract

Security Classification Specification (DD Form 254) is

/required.

P 1 Previous Contract Number

When CBlOl is code 68, use to indicate the preceding

procurement instrument number under which

cLa^fied data was received or generated.

Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

/. When REFOl is code 43, use to identify the document that contains the

paragraph number or section where the applicable information is located.

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

some other means within the transaction set.

003050F85O 98 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

DTM Date/Time Reference

580

CBl Optional

Heading

Optional

5

To specify pertinent dates and times

1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required.

2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use DTMOl

Not Used

DTM02

DTM03

Not Used DTM04

Not Used

Not Used

DTM05

DTM06

DTM07

Data

Element

374

373

337

623

624

1250

1251

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

992 Date Requested

When CBl01 is code 70, use to indicate the date ofa

contractor's request to retain classified material

Date X DT6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows; D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Century O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY)

Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

003050F850 1 99 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

LDT Lead Time

590

CBl Optional

Heading

Optional

1To specify lead time for availability of products and services

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of unit of time periods.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

LDTOl

Must Use

Must Use

LDT02

LDT03

Not Used LDT04

Data

Element

345

380

344

373

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range

BA From Date of Award to Expiration Date of

Authorization

Use to indicate the authorized periodfor a contractor

to retain classified materials.

Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval

CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

MO Month

WK Weeks

Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

003050F850 1 100 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MSGOl

Not Used MSG02

MSG Message Text

600

CBl Optional

Heading

Optional

50

To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

1. When CBl 01 is code 74, 76, or 78, use to provide additional clear text information.

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by some

§ther means within the transaction set.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

933 Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text 934 Printer Carriage Control Code O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Attributes

M AN 1/264

003050F850 1 101 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

POl Baseline Item Data

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

POlOl

PO102

PO103

010

POl Mandatory

Detail

Mandatory

1To specify basic and most frequently used line item data

12

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

12

3

If POl 03 is present, then POl 02 is required.

If POl 05 is present, then POl 04 is required.

If either POl 06 or POl07 is present, then the other is required.

If either POl 08 or POl 09 is present, then the other is required.

If either POl 10 or POl 1 1 is present, then the other is required.

If either POl 12 or POl 13 is present, then the other is required.

If either POl 14 or POl 15 is present, then the other is required.

If either POl 16 or P0117 is present, then the other is required.

If either PO 1 1 8 or PO 1 1 9 is present, then the other is required.

If either POl 20 or P0121 is present, then the other is required.

If either POl 22 or POl 23 is present, then the other is required.

If either POl 24 or POl 25 is present, then the other is required.

See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of ID's. POlOl is the line item identification.

POl 06 through POl 25 provide for ten (10) different product/service ID's per each

item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., UPC No., ISBN No., Model No.,

SKU.

1. Use this POl loop to identify all mf^mMwh applicable to the line item or service

being awarded,

2. In those rare instances where Table 2 information is not required, e.g., ifan Agreement has no detail information, only POlOl is required to be transmitted. In

that instance, cite the word "NONE" in POlOl.

Data

Element

350

330

355

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

1. Use to identify the Contract Line Item Number (CLIN), the Sub Contract

Line Item Number (SUBCLIN), or the Exhibit Line Item Number (ELIN),if

one is assigned.

2. If Table 2 data is not required, Cite the word "NONE".

Quantity Ordered X R 1/9

Quantity ordered

/. Use to specify the quantity applicable to the line item. Step ladder

quantities applicable to requirements or indefinite quantity award

instruments and the relatedprices are carried in the 2/CTP/040 segment.

2. Do not use this data element at the CLIN level ifquantities are specified at the SUBCLIN leveL

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code.

2. Do not use this data element at the CLIN level if quantities are specified at the SUBCLIN leveL

003050F850 102 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

5. An apphcation program conversion tal

agency codes to ASC XI2 codes.

le required to convert

SX Shipment

Vse when POlOl is a CLINfor transportation charges.

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a Job or a Task.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO104 212 Unit Price X R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc.

/. When PO105 is either code NC, NS, or TB, enter the number 0.

2. For IDC and similar award instruments, the unit price shall be based on

standard commercialpackaging andpreservation. Use the 2/CTP/040 to identify pricesfor additional levels ofpackaging andpreservation.

3. For IDC and similar award instruments that include zonepricing, this

data element shall not be used. The unitprice applicable to the individual zone shall be cited in the CTP segment

PO105 639 Basis ofUnit Price Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item

ES

FB

KA

NC

NE

NS

Estimated

Fabrication Cost

Use to indicate the price includes the incorporation of

Government Furnished Property (GFP) into the item.

Price with Government Furnished Property

Use to indicate that the price ofthe item includes the use of GFP, e.g., special tooling, special test equipment, production machinery, etc., to manufacture the item.

No Charge

Not to Exceed

Not Separately Priced

Use to indicate the item is not separatelypriced but is included in the price ofthe item to which it pertains.

TB To be negotiated.

PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

/. PO106 through P0125 are used in pairs, e.g., PO106 contains a qualifier

code and PO107 contains data related to the code.

' 2. Any code, other than code ZZ, can be used, but the listed codes are

preferred.

A8 Exhibit Line Item Number

AK Refined Product Code

CG Commodity Grouping

Use to indicate a commodity code, e.g., the 2 position Federal Supply Group

code.

CH Country ofOrigin Code

When used, cite the two position ISO 3166 country code in thefollowing 234

data element

003050F850 1 103 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

CL Color

EFExhibit Identifier

Use to indicate the letter assigned to an exhibit

Fl Catalog Number

Use to indicate a catalog number that identifies theproduct

F7 End-Item Description

Use to indicate the end item to which the oi . ; ? applies.

F8 Next Higher Used Assembly

Use to indicate the next higher assembly to which the ordered item applies.

FS National Stock Number

The NSNshall he transmitted without dashes.

FT Federal Supply Classification

Use to indicate the 4 position Federal Supply Classification cade or Product

Service code

IN Buyer's Item Number

Use to indicate a locally assigned codefor a product or service whenever

stock number does not apply.

KA Engineering Data List

Use to indicate the Engineering Data List that contains technical

information related to the CLIN or SUBCLIK

KB Data Category Code

When POlOl is a CLINor SUBCLIN related to an exhibit, use to indicate

the data category ofa Contract Data Requirements List.

KD Replacement National Stock Number

KF Item Type Number

KG Time Compliant Technical Order

KI Cognizance Symbol

KJ Material Control Code

KK Special Material Identification Code

KL Item Management Code

KM Shelf-Life Code

KN Shelf-Life Action Code

LT Lot Number

MF Manufacturer

When used, cite the DUNS number ofthe manufacturer in thefollowing

data element

MG Manufacturer's Part Number

When used, a second 235/234 pair must be used citing either code MFor ZB,

MN Model Number

Nl National Drug Code in 4-4-2 Format

N2 National Drug Code in 5-3-2 Format

N3 National Drug Code in 5-4-1 Format

N4 National Drug Code in 5-4-2- Format

ND National Drug Code (NDC)

PD Part Number Description

Use to indicate the noun nomenclature ofthe item.

PU Part Reference Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by an industry (not related to a

003050F850_1 104 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

specific manufacturer). Do not usefor National Drug Codes.

RC Returnable Container No.

Use to indicate an NSN, manufacturer's part number, or other identifying

number (except a serial number) ofa returnable container. The serial

number ofa returnable container will be carried in the REF segment with

codeRS.

SN Serial Number

Use to indicate the serial number ofthe item cited in POIOL For example,

the serial number ofan aircraft engine that is to be repaired.

SV Service Rendered

Use to indicate (in text) the service being ordered.

SW Stock Number

Use to indicate a local stock number.

SZ Vendor Alphanumeric Size Code (NRMA)

Use to indicate the size ofan item being ordered,

UK U.P.C./EAN Shipping Container Code (1-2-5-5-1)

VP Vendor's (Seller's) Part Number

Use to indicate a part number assigned by a contractor other than a

manufacturer.

ZB Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code

Use to indicate a manufacturer who can be identified by a CAGE code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO107 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

PO109 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

POllO 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

POlll 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

P0112 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

P0113 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

P0114 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

P0115 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

P0116 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

003050F850 105 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

P0117 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

P0118 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

P0119 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

PO120 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

P0121 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

P0122 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

P0123 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

P0124 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X ID 2/2 . Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234)

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

P0125 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

003050F850 1 106 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

CNl Contract Information

025

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

1To specify basic data about the contract or contract line item

1 CNl 02 is the contract amount.

2 CNl 03 is the allowance or charge percent.

3 CNl 04 is the contract code.

4 CNl 06 is an additional identifying number for the contract.

Use this 2/CN1/025 segment to identify the type ofpricing arrangement that is applicable to a specific line item ifit differs from the pricing arrangement applicable to the entire award instrument BEG09 identifies thepricing arrangement applicable to the entire award instrument BEG09 and the 2/CN1/025 segment can both be included

in the transaction set ifneeded.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

CNlOl

Not Used CNl 02

Not Used CN103

Data

Element

1166

782

332

Data Element Summary

Name

Contract Type Code

Code identifying a contract type

Attributes

M ID 2/2

CA

CB

CH

CS

CW

cx

FB

FC

FD

FF

FG

FH

FJ

FK

FR

FX

LH

TM

ZZ

Monetary Amount

Monetary amount

Percent

Cost Plus Incentive Fee (With Performance Incentives)

Cost Plus Incentive Fee (Without Performance

Incentives)

Cost Sharing

Cost

Cost Plus Award Fee

Cost Plus Fixed Fee

Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (With Performance

Incentive)

Fixed Price Incentive Firm Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

Fixed Price Redetermination

JJse to indicate a prospectivefixedprice

redetermination award line item.

Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (With

Performance Incentive)

Fixed Price Incentive Successive Target (Without

Performance Incentive)

Fixed Price Award Fee

Fixed Price Level of Effort

No Cost

Firm Fixed Price

Fixed Price with Economic Price Adjustment

Labor Hours

Time and Materials

Mutually Defined

'Use to indicate a retroactive fixedprice

redetermination award line item.

O R 1/15

O R 1/6

003050F850 1 107 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used CN104 127

Not Used CN105 338

Not Used CN106 799

Percent expressed as a percent

Reference Number O AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date

Version Identifier O AN 1/30

Revision level of a particular format, program, technique or algorithm

003050F850 1 108 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

P03 Additional Item Detail

030

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

25

To specify additional item-related data involving variations in normal price/quantity

structure

1 If PO304 is present, then at least one of PO303 or PO305 is required.

1 Some examples of price/quantity variations are: price in different units from the POl

segment, price changes by date, or price changes by quantity (break and level).

2 PO307 defines the unit of measure for PO306.

Use this 2/PO3/030 segment to provide additional information applicable to the CLIN,

SVBCLIN, or ELIN specified in POl01,

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use PO301

Not Used PO302

Not Used PO303

Not Used PO304

Not Used PO305

Must Use PO306

Must Use PO307

Data

Element

371

373

236

212

639

380

355

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Change Reason Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the reason for price or quantity change

AQ Alternate Quantity and Unit of Measure

Use to indicate that the CLIN, SUBCLIN, or ELIN

has alternate quantity and unit ofmeasure (e.g.,

POl02/03 could cite 10,000 LB and PO306/07 could

cite 10 SH. Both quantities and units ofmeasure are

applicable to the item beingpurchased - steelplates).

EV Estimated Quantity

Use to indicate the quantityfor the CLIN, SUBCLIN,

or ELIN cited in POlOl is an estimate.

Date O DT6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

Price Identifier Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying pricing specification

Unit Price O R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc.

Basis of Unit Price Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item

Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Due to the mandatory nature ofthis data element, when PO301 is codeEV,

repeat the quantity cited in POl02.

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

i. Use any code other than code ZZ.

Not Used PO308 352

12. Due to the mandatory nature ofthis data element, when PO301 is code

EV, repeat the unit ofmeasure cited in POl03.

3. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Description Q AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

003050F850 109 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

CTP Pricing Information

Notes:

040

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

>1

To specify pricing information

1 If either CTP04 or CTP05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If CTP06 is present, then CTP07 is required.

3 If CTP09 is present, then CTP02 is required.

4 If CTP1 0 is present, then CTP02 is required.

1 CTP07 is a multiplier factor to arrive at a final discounted price. A multiplier of .90

would be the factor if a 10% discount is given.

2 CTP08 is the rebate amount.

1 See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03 and CTP04.

See Figures Appendix for an example detailing the use of CTP03, CTP04 and

CTP07.

1. Use this segment to specify various pricesfor the CLIN, SUBCLIN, or ELINcited in

POlOl for a basic award instrument, e.g., requirements, indefinite quantity, etc. These

includepricesfor a step ladder quantities; for different packaging requirements, Le.,

level A, B, or CPreservation or Packing; orfor delivery to various geographic

locations (zones).

2. Example ofstep ladder quantitypricesfor quantities 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, and 31-50:

CTP**PBQ**1*EA nA

CTP**ICL*2S.00n0*EA nA

CTP**ICL*24.50*20*EA nA

CTP**ICL*23.50*30*EA nA

CTP**MAX*22.00*S0*EA nA

Not Used

Ref.

Pes.

CTPOl

CTP02

Data

Element

687

236

Data Element Summary

Name

Class of Trade Code

Code indicating class of trade

Price Identifier Code

Code identifying pricing specification

Use to identify the different pricesfor a line item.

Attributes

O ID 2/2

X ID 3/3

ALT

ICL

Alternate Price

Use to indicate a lease-to-purchaseprice.

Unit Price Through Quantity

/. Use to indicate the end ofa quantity range

applicable to step ladderpricing.

2. Use in conjunction with codes PBQ and MAXfor

step ladderpricing. Step ladder pricing is defined as

the price specifiedfor the quantity range containing

the quantitypurchased, applying to all the items

purchased. Use ofcodes ICL, MAXand PBQ is in

contrast to use ofcode PAQ which identifies quantities

at which different prices are applied.

MAX Maximum Order Quantity Price

003050F850 1 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

1. Usefor step ladder pricing to indicate the quantity

above which the price wilt not change.

2. Use in conjunction with codes ICL and PBQfor

step ladder pricing. Step ladderpricing is defined as

theprice specifiedfor the quantity range containing

the quantitypurchased^ applying to all the items

purchased. Use ofcodes ICL, MAXand PBQ is in

contrast to use ofcode PAQ which identifies quantities

at which differentprices are applied.

PAP Protection Level Price

Use to indicate thepricefor the packagingprotection

level (preservation) cited in CTPIO. This amount is additive to the unitprice cited in PO104 or to the zone

price cited in CTP03 (when CTP02 is code ZNP)

which are based on standard commercialpreservation.

PAQ Price Break Quantity(s)

Use to indicate a quantity where an incrementalprice

break occurs. For example, ifprice breaks occur at

quantities 11, 21, 31, etc., thenfor a purchase quantity

of25, thefirst 10 units are at thefirst price, the next

10 units are at the secondprice and the last 5 units are

at the third price. This is in contrast to step ladder

prices where all 25 units are one price.

PBQ Unit Price Beginning Quantity

1. Use to indicate the beginning ofa quantity range

applicable to step ladder pricing.

2. Use in conjunction with codes ICL and MAXfor

step ladderpricing. Step ladder pricing is defined as

the price specifiedfor the quantity range containing

the quantity purchased, applying to all the items

purchased. Use ofcodes ICL, MAXand PBQ is in

contrast to use ofcode PAQ which identifies quantities

at which different prices are applied.

PPA Packing Level Price

Use to indicate thepricefor the packaging level cited

in CTPIO. This amount is additive to the unitprice

cited in PO104 or to the zoneprice cited in CTP03

(when CTP02 is code ZNP) which are based on

standard commercialpackaging,

SPC Special Price

1. Use to indicate that the line item unit price cited in

PO104, is a specialprice authorized by a

representative ofthe selling party.

2. When used, identify the authorizing party either in

the l/PEIt/360 or 2/PER/llO segment citing code lA

in PEROl andprovide a specialprice authorization

number either in the 1/REF/350 or 2/REF/lOO

segment citing code 9B in REFOl.

3. DO NOT use CTP03 when this code is used.

ZNP Zone Price

Use to indicate the pricefor delivery to a zone cited in

CTPIO. This is the totalprice ofthe item and is based on standard commercial packaging andpreservation.

Ifa higher level ofpackaging andpreservation is «^

003050F850 1 111 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

CTP03

CTP04

CTP05

Not Used CTP06

Not Used CTP07

Not Used CTP08

Not Used CTP09

CTPIO

required, use additional repetitions ofthis segmenr^^m

citing code PAP and PPA in CTP02. H

212 Unit Price O R 1/17

Price per unit of product, service, commodity, etc. 380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. A conversion table may be required to convert agency codes to ASC XI

2

codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

648 Price Multiplier Qualifier O ID 3/3

Code indicating the type of price multiplier

649 Multiplier X R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

782 Monetary Amount O R 1/15

Monetary amount

639 Basis of Unit Price Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of unit price for an item

499 Condition Value O AN 1/10

Identifies rate restrictions or provisions

When CTP02 is code PAP, PPA, or ZNP, identify the applicable protection

level, packing level or zone to which theprice in CTP03 applies.

003050F850 1 112 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

MEA Measurements

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

049

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

40

To specify physical measurements or counts, including dimensions, tolerances, variances,

and weights (See Figures Appendix for example of use of COO 1

)

1 At least one of MEA03 MEA05 MEA06 or MEA08 is required.

2 If MEA05 is present, then MEA04 is required.

3 If MEA06 is present, then MEA04 is required.

4 If MEA07 is present, then at least one of MEA03 MEA05 or MEA06 is required.

5 Only one of MEA08 or MEA03 may be present.

1 MEA04 defines the unit of measure for MEA03, MEA05, and MEA06.

1 When citing dimensional tolerances, any measurement requiring a sign (+ or -), or any measurement where a positive (+) value cannot be assumed, use MEA05 as the

negative (-) value and MEA06 as the positive (+) value,

i. Use this 2/MEA/049 segment to provide information that applies to a specific line

item. Use the l/MEA/200 segment to provide information that applies to all ofthe line

items.

2. This segment can be used to specify the variations in quantity permitted; andfor a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument, the minimum/maximum

quantity per order, the maximum that may be ordered during a specified timeperiod,

and the minimum and maximum obligations ofthe Government and contractor, and

warranty periods.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Pes. Element Name Attributes

MEAOl 737 Measurement Reference ID Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the broad category to which a measurement applies

Use any code.

BTBatch Limits

When BEG02 is code KI, KQ, or KR, use to indicate the minimum and

maximum limits ofthe Government's obligation to order either in terms of

dollars or quantity under a requirements or an indefinite quantity type award

instrument When BEG02 is code KT or ML, use to indicate the minimum

and maximum limits ofthe Governments obligation to order either in terms

ofdollars or quantity under the specific Task Order or Delivery Order. Use

MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and the maximum.

CT Counts

Use to indicate variations in quantity permitted when it is expressed as a

discrete quantity. Specify the quantity under and/or over in MEA05/06.

DE Defects

Use to indicate a warranty period.

LTLot Limits

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum limits ofthe contractor's

obligation either in terms ofdollars or quantity to deliver under a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument Do not use

for a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA04-C00101 to identify the

unit ofmeasure (dollars, each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify the

minimum and the maximum. . >^

003050F850 1 113 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

OL Order Limits

Use to indicate the maximum that the Government may orderfrom a

requirements or an indefinite quantity type award instrument in a specified

time period. Do not usefor a purchase order or a delivery order. Use MEA03

to identify the quantity, MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure, and

MEA04-C00104 to identify the time period

PMPermitted

Use to indicate the minimum and maximum quantity or dollars permittedper

order against a requirements or an indefinite quantity type procurement

instrument Use MEA04-C00101 to identify the unit ofmeasure (dollars,

each, etc.) and use MEA05/06 to specify the minimum and the maximum.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

MEA02 738 Measurement Qualifier O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific product or process characteristic to which a measurement applies

Use any code other than code ZZZ.

MXMaximum

When MEAOl is code OL, use to indicate the maximum amount that can he

ordered in a specified period oftime,

PO Percent ofOrder (-,+)

Use to indicate the variation in quantity when it is expressed as a percent of

the quantity ordered. Specify the percent under and/or over in MEA05/06.

RYRatio

When cm01 is code CA, CB, CH, FB, FC, FF, or EG, use to indicate the

Government and contractor share ratio. Identify the Government share in

MEAO5 and the contractor share in MEA06.

MEA03

MEA04

739

COOl

TT Time

Use to indicate the length ofa warranty period. Specify the length ofthe time

period in MEA03 and the timeperiod in MEA04'-C0010L

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Measurement Value X R 1/20

The value of the measurement

Composite Unit of Measure X

To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for examples

of use)

L This composite unit ofmeaTufelSan^

may be ordered during a specified period oftime under a requirements or an

indefinite quantity type procurement instrument.

Must Use COOlOl

2. For example: Ifthe maximum that can be ordered per quarter is 10,000

each, then MEAOl would cite code OL, MEA02 would cite code MX, MEA03

would cite 10,000, MEA04-C00101 would cite code EA, and MEA04'C00104

would cite code Ql.

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCXI2 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

003050F850 1 114 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used C00102

Not Used C00103

C00104

Not Used C00105

Not Used C00106

Not Used C00107

Not Used C00108

Not Used C00109

Not Used COOllO

Not Used COOlll

Not Used C00112

Not Used C00113

Not Used C00114

Not Used C00115

MEA05

MEA06

1018

649

355

Exponent

Power to which a unit is raised

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

649

355

1018

649

740

741

O R 1/15

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multipher to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

/. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Exponent

Power to which a unit is raised

O R 1/15

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

Exponent O R 1/15

Power to which a unit is raised

Multiplier O R 1/10

Value to be used as a multiplier to obtain a new value

Range Minimum X R 1/20

The value specifying the minimum of the measurement range

/. When MEAOl is code CT, or MEA02 is code PO, use to specify the

variation in quantity under.

2. Wlten MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the minimum amount

or quantity.

3. When MEA02 is RY, use to specify the Government share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Range Maximum X R 1/20

The value specifying the maximum of the measurement range

1. When MEAOl is code CT, or MEA02 is code PO, use to specify the

variation in quantity over.

2. When MEAOl is code BT, LT, or PM, use to specify the maximum amount

or quantity.

003050F850 1 115 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used MEA07 935

Not Used MEA08 936

Not Used MEA09 752

Not Used MEAIO 1373

3. When MEA02 is RY, use to specify the contractor share.

4. Percents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be

cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Measurement Significance Code O ID 2/2

Code used to benchmark, qualify or further define a measurement value

Measurement Attribute Code X ID 2/2

Code used to express an attribute response when a numeric measurement value

carmot be determined

Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described

Measurement Method or Device X ID 2/4

The method or device used to record the measurement

003050F850 1 116 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

PID Product/Item Description

050

PID Optional

Detail

Optional

1To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format

1 If PID04 is present, tiien PID03 is required.

2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required.

3 If FIDO? is present, then PID03 is required.

4 If PID08 is present, then PID03 is required.

1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description codes.

3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified in PID04. A

"Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item. A "N" indicates it does

not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

1 If FIDO 1 = " F", then FIDOS is used. If FIDO 1 ="S", then FID04 is used. If FIDO 1 =

" X", then both FID04 and FID05 are used.

2 Use FID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in

the segment.

3 FIDO? specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in FID03.

Use this 2/P1D/050 segment to provide information applicable to a specific line item.

Use the l/PID/190 segment when the information applies to all ofthe line items.

Data Element Summary

Must Use

Ref.

Des.

PIDOl

PID02

PID03

PID04

PID05

Data

Element

349

750

559

751

352

Name Attributes

Item Description Type M ID 1/1

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Product/Process Characteristic Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the general class of a product or process characteristic

Use any code. Use ofthefollowing codes is preferred as indicated in the

accompanying notes.

32 Type of Test/Inspection

Use to indicate a First Article Test line item.

OC Option

Use to indicate a line item that is unfunded at the time ofaward, such as an

option, a line item establishedfor incrementalfunding, provisioned item, or a multi-year line item. When used, cite the nature ofthe line item in PID05.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Product Description Code X AN 1/12

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a product

characteristic

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can be provided by

some other means within the transaction set

003050F850 117 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

2. WJten PID02 is code OC, cite OPTION, INCREMENTAL FUNDING,

PROVISIONED ITEM, or MULTI-YEAR as appropriatefor the line item.

When using PID02 and PID05, use code Xin PIDOL

Not Used PID06 752 Surface/Layer/Position Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the product surface, layer or position that is being described

Not Used FIDO? 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

Not Used FIDOS 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response

003050F850 1 118 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

PWK Paperwork

070

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

25

To identify the type and transmission of paperwork or supporting information

1 If either PWK05 or PWK06 is present, then the other is required.

1 PWK05 and PWK06 may be used to identify the addressee by a code number.

2 PWK07 may be used to indicate special information to be shown on the specified

report.

3 PWK08 may be used to indicate action pertaining to a report.

1. Use this 2/PWK/070 segment to providepaperwork information that applies to a

specific line item. Use the l/PWK/210 segment to specifypaperwork that is applicable

to all ofthe line items.

2. Use this segment to identify paperwork required to pass between the buyer and the

seller and how thatpaperwork will be transmitted

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

PWKOl

Data

Element

755

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Report Type Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

Use to identify the type ofpaperwork that is being provided to or must he

provided by the contractor.

25

35

AE

CI

C5

C6

CP

CX

CY

DW

Purchase Plan

Use to indicate a make or buyplan.

Subcontractor Plan

Attachment

Use to indicate some additional document, e.g., list of

Governmentfurnishedproperty, related to this award

instrument is being sent by means other than within

the transaction set. Specify the nature ofthe

document in PWK07.

Cost Data Summary

Use to indicate non-certified cost andprice data.

Certified Cost and Price Data

Wage Determination

When used, identify the Wage Determination number

in the 2/REF/IOO segment using code 2Yin KEFOl.

Certificate of Compliance (Material Certification)

Use to indicate a Certificate ofConformance.

Cost/Schedule Status Report (C/SSR)

Contract status report showing budget, performance,

actual, cost variance, schedule variance, budget at complete, estimate at complete, and variance at complete at specified levels of the work breakdown

structure Contract Funds Status Report (CFSR)

Status report for funds appropriation including

commitments, actual cost, forecast of billings, and

estimated termination costs Drawing(s)

003050F850 1 119 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PWK02 756

Fl Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 1

Detailed contract status report including current

reporting month values at specified levels of the work

breakdown structure F2 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 2

Detailed contract status report at specified levels of the

organization breakdown structure F3 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 3

Contract baseline report that summarizes changes to the contract over a given reporting period with beginning

and ending values

F4 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 4

Contract resource summary report that forecasts labor

requirements for the remainder of a contract F5 Cost Performance Report (CPR) Format 5

Contract summary or detail report explaining significant cost or schedule variances

IT Certified Inspection and Test Results

KA Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL)

Use to indicate that an attachment applicable to a

Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) will be

provided. ^ MR Material Inspection and Receiving Report

MS Material Safety Data Sheet

PD Proof of Delivery

PJ Purchasing Specification

Specifications, generated by a customer, setting

acceptance limits on the properties or performance of

the product being purchased; purchasing specifications

may additionally supply instructions for packaging,

transportation, delivery, and payments

Use to indicate a Statement of Work (SOW).

PM Proof of Insurance

S9 Representation

A statement (report) by a prospective contractor that

makes a representation about a specific condition

Use to indicate a payment andperformance ton

SN Shipping Notice

SP Specification

TO Demand Report

Use to indicate a Contract Data Requirement List

^CDRL) deliverable.

US "BUY AMERICA" Certification of Compliance

Report Transmission Code O ID 1/2

Code defining timing, transmission method or format by which reports are to be sent While any listed code can be used, code EL is preferred when the indicated

paperwork can beprovided electronically using one ofthe transaction sets specifically designedfor the purpose.

BE By Mail and Electronically

Use to indicate E-Mail.

BM By Mail

Use to indicate transmittal via the USPS.

CF Courier

003050F850 120 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PWK03 757

PWK04 98

DA

EL

Use to indicate transmittal via commercial express

courier.

Data

$Jse to indicate otherforms ofelectronic transfer.

When used, identify the otherform in PWK07.

Electronically Only

XJse to indicate that data was sent by a separate EDI

transaction set When used, identify the unique

number ofthe transaction set in REF02 ofthe

2/REF/lOO segment cHing code TN in REFOL

By Fax

Electronic Image

'pse to indicate the World Wide Web. When used,

provide the Universal Resource Locator (URL) where j information is to be obtained in PWK07.

With Shipment (With Package)

Report Copies Needed O NO 1/2

The number of copies of a report that should be sent to the addressee

Whe number ofcopies is assumed to be 1 unless a greater number is specified

in this data element

Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Use to identify the recipient ofthe paperwork. Ifthere is more than one

recipientfor the samepaperwork item, use multiple repetitions ofthe PWK

segment with the same report code in PWKOl. Provide the address ofthe

recipient in either the l/Nl/310 or 2/N1/S50 segment and/or the

communications number ofthe recipient in either the l/PER/360 or 2/PER/400 segment

FX

lA

ws

44

7D

BY

C4

IS

KF

KG

KY

PA

PC

Data Processing Service Bureau

Use in conjunction with PWKOl code MS to indicate

the Agency's Hazardous Material Information System

(HMIS) centralfocalpoint to whom Material Safety

Data Sheets are to be sent

Contracting Officer Representative

Buying Party (Purchaser)

Use to indicate the contracting officer.

Contract Administration Office

Established at either a contractor facility or in a geographic area, and responsible for administering on

behalf of the buying activities that assigned contracts

for administration and all contracts awarded to either

the specific contractor or all contractors in the

geographic area Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

pse when PWKOl is code IT or MR.

Audit Office

The office performing the audit

Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the

management of a designated project

Use to indicate theparty responsiblefor a project to include the advisor under a Grant

Technical Office

Party to Receive Inspection Report

Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (CAA.)

003050F850 1 121 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used PWK05 66

Not Used PWK06 67

PWK07 352

SM Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

ZD Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

J. Use only ifnecessary to provide additional information or instructions

applicable to a specificpaperwork item.

2. When PWKOl is code S9, use to identify the lead timefor submission of

the payment andperformance bond.

3. When PWKOl is code DA, use to identify the otherform ofelectronic

transfer.

4. When PWK02 is code lA, used to identify the UJRJL

5. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by

some other means within the transaction set.

PWK08

Must Use C00201

Not Used C00202

Not Used C00203

Not Used C00204

Not Used C00205

C002 Actions Indicated O

Actions to be performed on the piece of paperwork identified

704 Paperwork/Report Action Code M ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

2 Report to be Filed

When PWKOl is code 25, 35, CI, C5, CP, CX, CY, Fl,

F2, F3, F4, F5, IT, MR, MS, PD, PM, S9, SN, TO or

US, indicate the specified paperwork is required to be

provided by the contractor. PV Provided

When PWKOl is codeAE, C6, DW, KA, PJ, or SP, use

to indicate the specified paperwork will beprovided by

the buyer.

704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

704 Paperwork/Report Action Code O ID 1/2

Code specifying how the paperwork or report that is identified in the PWK

segment relates to the transaction set or to identify the action that is required

003050F850 1 122 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

P04 Item Physical Details

090

PO 1 Mandatory

Detail

Optional

>1

To specify the physical qualities, packaging, weights, and dimensions relating to the item

1 If either PO402 or PO403 is present, then the other is required.

2 If PO405 is present, then PO406 is required.

3 If either PO406 or PO407 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either PO408 or PO409 is present, then the other is required.

5 If P04 1 0 is present, then P04 1 3 is required.

6 If P041 1 is present, then P04 13 is required.

7 If P04 1 2 is present, then P04 1 3 is required.

8 If P04 1 3 is present, then at least one of P04 1 0 P04 1 1 or P04 1 2 is required.

1 PO403 - The "Unit of Measure Code" (Element #355) in this segment position is for

purposes of defining the pack (PO401) /size (PO402) measure which indicates the

quantity in the inner pack unit. Example: If the carton contains 24 12-Ounce

packages, it would be described as follows: Element 356 = 24; Element 357 = 12;

Element 355 = OZ.

2 P0413 defines the unit of measure for PO410, P041 1, and P0412.

1. Use this segment to specify the weight, cube, or dimensions ofthe unit or

intermediatepack; the unitpack quantity or intermediate container quantity; to indicate that palletized loads are required; or to indicate that shrink wrap is required.

To specify the unit pack quantity, use PO401 and PO404 (code UNT). Ifthere are 50

pairs in a unit container, PO401 would cite SO and PO404 would cite code UNT.

2. Ifit is necessary to specify not only the quantity ofitems in a unit container, but

also the size and unit ofmeasure ofthose items, use PO401, PO402, PO403 and

PO404. In this instance^ ifthere are 24, 12 ounce bottles in the unit container, PO401

would cite 24, PO402 would cite 12, PO403 would cite code OZ andPO404 would cite

code UNT. In either ofthese examples, the number ofunit containers in an

intermediate container would be carried in P0414. Ifonly the quantity per

intermediate container is required, use code INT in PO404 and cite the quantity in

P0414.

Data Element Summary

Ref.

Pes.

PO401

PO402

Data

Element Name

356 Pack

357

Attributes

O NO 1/6

Number of inner pack units per outer pack unit

1. Use to identify the unit pack quantity.

2. Cite the number 777777 to indicate a bulk quantity (MILSTD 2073-2C

codeBLK).

3. Cite the number 888888 to indicate "Packager's option as long as all other

requirements are met" (MILSTD 2073-2C code YYY).

4. Cite the number 999999 to indicate "Special requirements - refer to

supplemental data, special instructions or drawings provided" (MILSTD

2073'2C code ZZZ).

Size X R 1/8

Size of supplier units in pack

Use only to identify the size ofthe individual items within a unit container.

003050F850 1 123 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PO403

PO404

PO405

PO406

PO407

PO408

PO409

PO410

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCXI2 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

103 Packaging Code O AN 3/5

Code identifying the type of packaging; Part 1 : Packaging Form, Part 2: Packaging Material

INT Imermediate Container

PAF Pallet - 4 Way

A pallet that permits entry of handling equipment on

each of its four sides

PAT Pallet - 2 Way

A pallet that permits entry of handling equipment on

opposing two of its four sides

SRW Shrink Wrap

In packaging, a method of securing a unit load by

placing a large "bag" of plastic film over the

components and applying heat to induce shrinkage and

cause the bag to tighten around the contents

UNT Unit

'Use to indicate a unit container.

187 Weight Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code defining the type of weight

'^se any code other than code Z.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

384 Gross Weight per Pack X R 1/9

Numeric value of gross weight per pack

Use to specify the weight ofa container. The weight shall be provided to 1 decimalpoint.

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

% Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

385 Gross Volume per Pack X R 1/9

Numeric value of gross volume per pack

Use to specify the cube ofa container. The cube shall beprovided to 3

decimalplaces,

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maiiner in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCXI2 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

82 Length O R 1/8

Largest horizontal dimension of an object measured when the object is in the

003050F850 1 124 1 8 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

P0411

P0412

P0413

P0414

upright position

189 Width O R 1/8

Shorter measurement of the two horizontal dimensions measured with the

object in the upright position

65 Height O R 1/8

Vertical dimension of an object measured when the object is in the upright

position

Use to specify the depth ofthe container.

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

810 Inner Pack O NO 1/6

Number of units in each selling pack

1. Use to specify the quantity ofunit containers in an intermediate container.

2. Cite the number 666666 to indicate "See Appendix B, MIL-STD 2073-lB"

(MIL-STD 2073-2C code AAA).

3. Cite the number 777777 to indicate "See method ofpreservation" (MILSTD 2073-2C code XXX).

4. Cite the number 888888 to indicate "Packer's option as long as all other

requirements are met" (MIL-STD 2073-2c code YYY)-

5. Cite the number 999999 to indicate "Special requirements - see specific

drawing or instruction provided" (MIL-STD 2073-2C code ZZZ).

003050F850 1 125 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment: REF Reference Numbers

Position: 100

Loop: POl Mandatory

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: >1

Purpose: To specify identifying numbers.

Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes : Use this 2/REF/l00 segment to identify reference numbers that apply to a specific line

item. Use the l/REF/050 segment to identify reference numbers that apply to all ofthe

line items.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

Must Use REFOl 128 Reference Number Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

16 Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR)

Number

A specific form used to transmit obligation authority

(dollars) and requirements between a service or agency

requiring a purchase and a military service or agency

responsible for procuring the requirement

2E Foreign Military Sales Case Number

A reference number designating the foreign military

sale records

Use to indicate a Foreign Military Sale.

2Y Wage Determination

Use to indicate a Department ofLabor Wage

Determination number. Use ifthe Wage

Determination is passed by reference only or to

identify the Wage Determination passed by some other

means identified in the PWKsegment

73 Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured under

a contract; statement of requirements

Use to indicate the Statement of Work number or number within the Statement of Work where

additional information can hefound Ifa Statement of

Work is part ofthe award, the PWKsegment can be

used to indicate how the SOWis being provided.

82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference

Specific data elements that the govenmient will ask a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific

requirement documents

83 Extended (or Exhibit) Line Item Number (ELIN)

Identifies specific line items to be delivered for a contract 97 Package Number

A serial number indicating unit shipped

9B Repriced Line Item Reference Number

/. Use to indicate a special price authorization

number.

2. When used, code lA should be used in PEROl in

003050F850 1 126 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

the 2/PER/llO segment and code SPC sWi

in CTP02 in the 2/CTP/040 segment

9G Department of Defense Form 250 Requirement Code

Use to indicate the inspection and acceptance ^

requirementsfor a data item specified on a Contract

Data Requirements List

AH Agreement Number

Use to indicate a Union Agreement number.

BL Government Bill of Lading

DO Drawing Number

EV Receiver Identification Number

A unique number identifying the organization/site

location designated to receive the current transmitted

transaction set Use to indicate the requiring officCy Le,, the technical

office responsiblefor ensuring adequacy ofthe data

required on a Contract Data Requirements List Use

an abbreviation ofthe activity, e.g., NLCP, Navy

Inventory Control Point

IL Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition'^

' (MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP document) number.

IQ End Item

Use to indicate an end item to which a line item

pertains.

IX Item Number

Use to indicate a Federal supply schedule (FSS)

special item number.

KO Approval Code

JJse to indicate the approval code on a Contract Data

Requirements List

KL Contract Reference

For a Contract Data Requirements List data item, use

to indicate the reference in the contract that generates

the requirementfor the data item (e.g.y Statement of

Work paragraph).

^ ^

KS Solicitation

A discreet number assigned by the purchasing activity

to differentiate between different solicitations

Use to indicate the solicitation number that resulted in

this award instrument Ifapplicable, concatenate the

LASTamendment number with the solicitation

number.

KV Distribution Statement Code

Use to indicate the code on a Contract Data

Requirements List that specifies the distribution

statement a contractor is to mark on a data item.

LT Lot Number

NI Military Standard (MIL-STD) Number

NJ Technical Document Number

NL Technical Order Number

P4 Project Code

Use to indicate the project number applicable to the

fine item.

PH Priority Rating

'Use to indicate the MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIPpriority

003050F850 1 127 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PR

QC

RQ

RS

S2

S3

T4

TG

TN

TP

VQ

vw

W2

W8

WF

xc

W

Price Quote Number

•Use to indicate the contractor's bid, quote or proposal

number.

Product Specification Document Number

Model designation of replacement component

Purchase Requisition No.

tise to indicate the Purchase Request (PR) number or

the Purchase Request Order Number (PRON). When

citing a purchase request number, concatenate its line

item number with thepurchase request number if it is necessary to transmit both numbers.

Returnable Container Serial Number

Military Specification Number (MILSPEC)

Specification Number

Use to indicate a specification number other than a MIL-SPEC. When used, cite the specification number

in REF02 and identify the issuing activity in REF03.

Signal Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transaction Reference Number

1, Use to indicate the unique reference number ofa

related transaction set (e.g. an 841 transaction set carrying a related technical specification or drawing).

Each transaction set has a unique number. In the case ofthe 841 transaction set, that number is carried

inSPI02.

2. When used, cite the related transaction set's unique

number in REF02 and cite the XI2 transaction set designator ofthe related transaction set, e.g., 841, in

REF03.

Test Specification Number

Related Contract Line Item Number

Use to indicate a line item in the procurement

instrument to which another line item pertains.

Standard

JUse to indicate a standard other than a Military

Standard (MIL-STD). When used, cUe the standard

number in REF02, e.g., ASTMD3951, and, if

necessary, further identify the standard in REF03.

Weapon System Number

Identifies a weapon system

Use to indicate the Weapon System Code.

Suffix

Differentiates between partial actions taken on the

original transaction

Use to indicate a MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP requisition

suffix number. This code can be used if there is ONLYone occurrence ofthe REF segment with code

IL in REFOL

Locally Assigned Control Number

Cargo Control Number

003050F850 1 128 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

XE

ZZ

Use to indicate the tracking numberfor bulkfuel

being sent by a tanker vessel

Transportation Priority Number

Number indicating the level of government priority

associated with the transportation of a shipment

Mutually Defined

Use to indicate another type ofreference number.

When used, identify the nature ofthe number in

REF03.

REF02 127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Ifthe document has a revision or an extension, the document number and

the revision or extension number should be concatenated and cited in this

data element.

REF03 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

J. Use to carry additional information related to a reference number cited in

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by

some other means within the transaction set

003050F850 1 129 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

PER Administrative Communications Contact

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

PEROl

110

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

3

To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed

1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Use this 2/PER/llO segment to provide names and communication numbersfor points

ofcontact applicable to a line item and which are not associated with an address.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name Attributes

366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named

lA Review/Repricing Contact

I/. Use to indicate an individualwho authorized a one

time specialpricefor the line item in this POl hop,

e.g., a spotpricing reduction from an existing contract or catalog price. In this instance, PEJt02 MUSTbe

used.

AU

BD

PI

2. When used, cite a special price authorization

number in the 2/KEF/lOO segment citing code 9B in

REFOl and use the 2/CTP/040 segment citing code

SPCin CTP02.

Report Authorizer

1. Use to indicate the approver ofa Contract Data

Requirements List

§. Use this code when POl06 code EF is used.

Buyer Name or Department

\Use to indicate the Grants Management Specialist.

Preparer

A firm, organization, or individual who determines the

tax liability from information supplied by the taxpayer

1. Use to indicate thepreparer ofa Contract Data

Requirements List

2. Use this code when PO106 code EF is used.

PER02 93 Name O AN 1/35

Free-form name

Wse to identify the name ofa point ofcontact Last name,followed byfirst

name, is preferred. Ifthe whole name is longer than 35 characters, the use ofinitialsfor thefirst name is recommended. PER09 may be used to cite the

party's title. PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

003050F850 1 130 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code,

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER04 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

PER05 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a second communications number/or the party cited in

PER02. For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can be used to cite a FAXnumber.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension

Use only ifPER03 is used citing either codeAU or TE.

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

PER06 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

PER07 365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PER02.

AU

EM

EX

FX

IT

TE

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension

Use only ifPEROS is used citing either code AUor

TE.

Facsimile

International Telephone

Include the country code.

Telephone

Vse to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

003050F850 1 131 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PER08 364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall he transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

PER09 443 Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number

''JJse, if necessary, to provide the title oftheparty cited in PER02.

003050F850 1 132 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

SAC Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Information

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

130

SAC Optional

Detail

Optional

1To request or identify a service, promotion, allowance, or charge; to specify the amount

or percentage for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

1 At least one of SAC02 or SAC03 is required.

2 If either SAC03 or SAC04 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SAC06 or SAC07 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either SAC09 or SAC 10 is present, then the other is required.

5 If SACl 1 is present, then SACLO is required.

6 If SAC13 is present, then at least one of SAC02 or SAC04 is required.

7 If SAC 14 is present, then SAC 13 is required.

1 If SACO 1 is "A" or "C", then at least one of SAC05 , SAC07, or SAC08 is required.

2 SAC05 is the total amount for the service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

If SAC05 is present with SAC07 or SAC08, then SAC05 takes precedence.

3 SAC08 is the allowance or charge rate per unit. 4 SAC 10 and SACl 1 is the quantity basis when the allowance or charge quantity is different from the purchase order or invoice quantity.

SAC 10 and SACl 1 used together indicate a quantity range, which could be a dollar

amount, that is applicable to service, promotion, allowance, or charge.

5 SAC 13 is used in conjunction with SAC02 or SAC04 to provide a specific reference

number as identified by the code used.

6 SAC14 is used in conjunction with SAC13 to identify an option when there is more

than one option of the promotion.

1 SAC04 may be used to uniquely identify the service, promotion, allowance, or charge. In addition, it may be used in conjunction to further the code in SAC02.

2 In some business applications, it is necessary to advise the trading partner of the

actual dollar amount that a particular allowance, charge, or promotion was based on

to reduce ambiguity. This amount is commonly referred to a "Dollar Basis Amount".

It is represented in the SAC segment in SAC 10 using the qualifier "DO" - Dollars in

SAC09.

Use this 2/SAC/130 segment to Mentify services, allowances, or non-CLIN charges

and, if applicable, quantities, that apply to specific line items. Ifthe services,

allowances, or non-CLIN charges apply to all ofthe line items, use the 1/SAC/120

segment.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

SACOl

SAC02

Data

Element

248

1300

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Allowance or Charge Indicator M ID 1/1

Code which indicates an allowance or charge for the service specified

A Allowance

C Charge

N No Allowance or Charge

(Use to indicate there is no chargefor the specified

service.

Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge Code X ID 4/4

Code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

Any code, other than code ZZZZ, may be used, but it should be the same

code as provided in the quote or offer. Thefollowing is a list ofpreferred

codes.

B180 Cleaning Charge

B610 Container Service Charge USA/Canada

003050F850 1 133 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

'Use to indicate a reusable container.

B870 Customs Charge

C240 Disconnect Charge

C330 Distribution Fee

C370 Diversion Charge

iC880 Expediting Premium

p500 Handling

p530 Hazardous Cargo Charge

D660 Hook-up charge

D820 Inside Delivery

D870 Inspection

p890 Installation and Training

D900 Installation

M340 Less Than Truckload (LTD Charge

Use to indicate a chargefor less than a full carload or truckload^

£400 Loading (Labor Charges)

F150 Packaging Service

F460 Postage

F560 Premium Transportation

F830 ProofofDelivery

Use to indicate a chargefor the preparation ofa DD Form 250,

,G030 Reconnect Charge

\S350 Rents and Leases

G470 Restocking Charge

G530 Rework

4J580 Royalties

G660 Scrap Allowance

G740 Service Charge

G760 Set-up

HI 70 Special Tooling Charge

H430 Storage

H540 Supplemental Items

Vse to indicate Contractor Acquired Parts (CAP),

H550 Surcharge

H990 Testing Services Charge

1260 Transportation Direct Billing

1380 Unloading (Labor Charges)

J590 Warranties

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Not Used SAC03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Not Used SAC04 1301 Agency Service, Promotion, Allowance, or Charge X AN 1/10

Code

Agency maintained code identifying the service, promotion, allowance, or charge

SAC05 610 Amount O N2 1/15

Monetary amount

SAC06 378 Allowance/ Charge Percent Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code indicating on what basis allowance or charge percent is calculated

'pse any code other than code Z.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

SAC07 332 Percent X R 1/6

Percent expressed as a percent

003050F850 1 134 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

SAC08

SAC09

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

118 Rate O R 1/9

Rate expressed in the standard monetary denomination for the currency

specified

355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

SAC10

SACll

Not Used SAC12

SAC13

Not Used SAC14

Not Used SAC15

2, An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

380 Quantity X R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Use to indicate the quantity to which the amount in SAC05 applies.

SAC10/11 can be used together to specify a quantity range to which the

amount in SAC05 applies.

380 Quantity O R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Use only ifSAClO is used. SAClO/ll can be used together to specify a

quantity! range,

331 Allowance or Charge Method of Handling Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating method of handling for an allowance or charge

127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Use to identify theACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code to which a charge or allowance is applicable. These reference numbers and

their relationship to thefinancial accounting data they represent are

established in the l/AMT/287 loop.

770 Option Number O AN 1/20

A unique number identifying available promotion or allowance options when

more than one is offered

352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

003050F850 1 135 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

1X8 Conditions of Sale

140

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

1To specify general conditions or requirements and to detail conditions for substitution of

alternate products

1 At least one of 1T80 1 IT802 1T803 1T805 or IT807 is required.

2 If either IT808 or 1T809 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either ITS 10 or IT8 1 1 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either ITS 12 or ITS 13 is present, then the other is required.

5 If either ITS 14 or ITS 1 5 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either ITS 1 6 or ITS 1 7 is present, then the other is required.

7 If either ITS 1 8 or ITS 19 is present, then the other is required.

8 If either IT820 or IT821 is present, then the other is required.

9 If either IT822 or ITS23 is present, then the other is required.

10 If either ITS24 or ITS25 is present, then the other is required.

11 If either IT826 or ITS27 is present, then the other is required.

1 IT803 is the maximum monetary amount value which the order must not exceed.

2 IT804 is the account number to which the purchase amount is to be charged.

3 ITS05 is the date specified by the sender to be shown on the invoice.

1 Element 235/234 combinations should be interpreted to include products and/or

services. See the Data Dictionary for a complete list of ID's. 2 IT80S through ITS27 provides for ten (10) different product/service ID's for each

item. Example: Case, Color, Drawing No., UPC No., ISBN No., Model No., SKU.

Notes: Use this 2/IT8/140 segment to specify special services or conditions that vary by line

item. Use the 1/CSH/llO segment when the special services or conditions apply to all of

the line items.

Ref.

Des.

IT801

IT802

IT803

Data

Element

563

564

610

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Sales Requirement Code X ID 1/2

Code to identify a specific requirement or agreement of sale

P2 Ship As Soon As Possible

Use only with DTMOl code 996.

P4 Do Not Preship

Use only when DTMOl is code 064 or 106; or when

LDTOliscodeAY

SC Ship Complete

Use to indicate partial shipments will not be accepted.

SV Ship Per Release

Use to indicate that the ordered item(s) are to be

shipped in place.

Do-Not-Exceed Action Code X ID 1/1

Code indicating the action to be taken if the order amount exceeds the value of

Do-Not-Exceed Amount (565)

0 Cancel Balance of Order/Item that Exceeds Value

Specified in Data Element 565

1 Cancel Entire Order/Item

Amount X N2 1/15

Monetary amount

Use to identify a maximum line item total amount, that ifa contractor would

exceed, shall result in the entire line item quantity or balance ofthe line item

quantity that exceeds the maximum amount not beingfilled.

003050F850 1 136 18 March 1997
Not Used IT804 508

Not Used IT805 373

Not Used IT806 559

Not Used IT807 566

Not Used IT808 235

Not Used IT809 234

Not Used IT810 235

Not Used IT811 234

Not Used IT812 235

Not Used IT813 234

Not Used IT814 235

Not Used IT815 234

Not Used IT816 235

Not Used IT817 234

Not Used IT818 235

Not Used IT819 234

Not Used IT820 235

Not Used IT821 234

Not Used IT822 235

Not Used IT823 234

Not Used IT824 235

Not Used IT825 234

Not Used IT826 235

003050F850 1

Account Number O

Account number assigned

Date X

Date (YYMMDD)

Agency Qualifier Code O

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Product/Service Substitution Code X

Code indicating product or service substitution conditions

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

Product/Service ID (234)

Product/Service ID X

Identifying number for a product or service

Product/Service ID Qualifier X

Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used

137

AN 1/35

DT 6/6

ID 2/2

ID 1/2

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

AN 1/40

ID 2/2

m

18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Product/Service ID (234)

Not Used IT827 234 Product/Service ID X AN 1/40

Identifying number for a product or service

003050F850 1 138 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Not Used ITDOl

Not Used ITD02

ITD03

ITD Terms of Sale/Deferred Terms of Sale

Not Used ITD04

ITD05

Not Used ITD06

ITD07

Not Used ITD08

Not Used ITD09

Not Used ITDIO

Not Used ITDll

Not Used ITD12

Not Used ITD13

Not Used ITD14

Not Used ITD15

150

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

2

To specify terms of sale

1 If ITD03 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 1 3 is required.

2 If ITD08 is present, then at least one of ITD04 ITD05 or ITD 1 3 is required.

3 If ITD09 is present, then at least one of ITD 1 0 or ITD 1 1 is required.

1 ITD 15 is the percentage applied to a base amount used to determine a late payment

charge.

1 If the code in ITDOl is "04", then ITD07 or ITD09 is required and either ITDIO or ITDl 1 is required; if the code in ITDOl is "05", then ITD06 or ITD07 is required.

Use this 2/ITD/150 segment when discounts vary by line item. Use the l/ITD/130

segment when the discount applies to all ofthe line items.

Data

Element

336

333

338

370

351

446

386

362

388

389

342

352

765

107

954

Data Element Summary

Attributes

O ID 2/2

O ID 1/2

Name

Terms Type Code

Code identifying type of payment terms

Terms Basis Date Code

Code identifying the beginning of the terms period

Terms Discount Percent O R 1/6

Terms discount percentage, expressed as a percent, available to the purchaser if an invoice is paid on or before the Terms Discount Due Date

Cite 4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are

suppressed).

Terms Discount Due Date X DT 6/6

Date payment is due if discount is to be earned

Terms Discount Days Due X NO 1/3

Number of days in the terms discount period by which payment is due if terms

discount is earned

Terms Net Due Date O DT 6/6

Date when total invoice amount becomes due

Terms Net Days O NO 1/3

Number of days until total invoice amount is due (discount not applicable)

Terms Discount Amount O N2 1/10

Total amount of terms discount

Terms Deferred Due Date

Date deferred payment or percent of invoice payable is due

Deferred Amount Due

Deferred amount due for payment

Percent of Invoice Payable

Amount of invoice payable expressed in percent

Description

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Day of Month X NO 1/2

The numeric value of the day of the month between 1 and the maximum day of

the month being referenced

Payment Method Code O ID 1/1

Code identifying type of payment procedures

Percent O R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

O DT 6/6

N2 1/10

X R 1/5

O AN 1/80

003050F850 1 139 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

DIS Discount Detail

Must Use

Ref.

Des.

DISOl

Must Use DIS02

Must Use DIS03

Must Use DIS04

Must Use DIS05

160

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

20

To specify the exact type and terms of various discount information

1 DIS05 is the minimum for application of the discount.

2 DIS06 is the maximum for application of the discount.

1. Use (his 2/DJS/160 segment to identify volume discount information applicable to the line item that is based on either the dollar valuepurchased or number ofunits

purchased.

2. Use the 2/N9/330 segment, with N901 citing codeKD, and the 2/MSG/340, to specify

lather volume or promotional discounts that apply to a line item.

Data

Element

653

654

655

656

657

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Discount Terms Type Code M ID 3/3

Code to define the units in which the discount will be determined, i.e., dollars, case, truckload, etc. FOR % Discount per Units Ordered

Use to indicate a percent discount based on the value

ofthe units purchased

UNT Additional Units per Units Purchased

Use to indicate additionalfree units are to be provided

based on the number ofunits purchased.

Discount Base Qualifier M ID 2/2

Code to define unit of discount, i.e., dollars, cases, alternate products, etc. PC Discount Determined as a Percentage of the Value of

the Transaction

Use to indicate the discount as a percent ofthe value

ofthe line item.

UN Discount Determined to be Additional Units that Are

Defined by Discount Control Limit Qualifier

Use to indicate the discount as additionalfree units

based on the number ofitems purchased.

Discount Base Value MR 1/10

A multiplier amount used in conjunction with discount base qualifier to determine the value of the discount

1. When DIS02 is code PC, use to identify the discount percentage. Cite

4.25% as 4.25; cite 3% as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

2. When DIS02 is code UN, use to identify the number offree units.

Discount Control Limit Qualifier M ID 2/3

Code to define the units of the limits for determining discount

DAT Time Limits for Discount

Use in conjunction with DIS02 code UN.

DOF Dollars of Purchase

Use in conjunction with DIS02 code PC.

Discount Control Limit M NO I/IO

Amount or time associated with application of the discount

Use to identify the base amount or quantities applicable to the discount This

is the minimum value or quantity needed to earn the discount

003050F850 1 140 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

DIS06 657 Discount Control Limit O NO 1/10

Amount or time associated with application of the discount

Use to identify the maximum amount or quantities applicable to the discount.

When values are cited in both DIS05/06, this constitutes a range ofvalues or

quantities applicable to the cited discount

003050F850 1 141 IS March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

FOB F.O.B. Related Instructions

180

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

>1

To specify transportation instructions relating to shipment

1 If FOB03 is present, then FOB02 is required.

2 If FOB04 is present, then FOB05 is required.

3 If FOB07 is present, then FOB06 is required.

4 If FOB08 is present, then FOB09 is required.

1 FOBOl indicates which party will pay the carrier. 2 FOB02 is the code specifying transportation responsibility location.

3 FOB06 is the code specifying the title passage location.

4 FOB08 is the code specifying the point at which the risk of loss transfers. This may

be different than the location specified in FOB02/FOB03 and FOB06/FOB07.

1. Use this 2/FOB/I80 segment to specify an FuBpoint ana acceptance location for a

specific line item. Use the l/FOB/080 segment to specify an FOB point and

acceptance location that applies to all the line items.

2. This segment is not used when the award instrument is for a service without

deliverables or construction.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

FOBOl

FOB02

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

146 Shipment Method of Payment

Code identifying payment terms for transportation charges

BP

309

Attributes

M ID 2/2

Paid by Buyer

The buyer agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the buyer to pay transportation charges to a specified location (origin or destination location)

Use to indicate a Government Bill ofLading (GBL)

will be issued.

PE Prepaid and Summary Bill Use when transportation charges are to be prepaid by

the seller, are not included in the unit price, and are to ^e invoiced periodically.

PP Prepaid (by Seller)

Wse to indicate that transportation charges are not

included in the unitprice but are prepaid and are to be

added as a separate item on this instrument's invoice.

PS Paid by Seller

The seller agrees to the transportation payment term

requiring the seller to pay transportation charges to a

specified location (origin or destination location)

'tJse to indicate transportation charges are included in

the unitprice.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Use to identify the FOBpoint.

DE Destination (Shipping)

FV Free Alongside Vessel (Free On Board [F.O.B.] Point)

IT Intermediate FOB Point

A location indicating the point of destination is not the

003050F850 142 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used FOB03

Not Used FOB04

Not Used FOB05

FOB06

352

334

335

309

KL

KP

OR

W

origin or final destination but rather at some other point

Use to indicate the FOB point is afreightforwarder.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code IC in

NIOL

KE Port of Embarkation

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is an overseas port

ofembarkation, either aerial or water, for delivery of

Governmentfurnished completed end items. Provide

the address in the Nl loop, citing code KXin NIOL

Port of Loading

Use to indicate that the FOB Point is apart ofloading.

Provide the address in the Nl loop, citing code KXin

NIOL

Government Furnished Property FOB Point

Use to indicate that the FOBpoint isfor delivery of

Government Furnished Property. Provide the address

in the Nl loop, citing code 7H in NIOL

Origin (Shipping Point)

Worldwide Geographic Location Code

Use to indicate the FOBpointfor deliveries wSXMWT

continental United States is destination and the FOB

pointfor deliveries outside the continental United

States is origin.

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate another FOBpoint, Le., neither at

prigin nor at destination. Provide the address in the

Nl loop, citing code KXin NIOL

Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Transportation Terms Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the transportation terms

Transportation Terms Code X ID 3/3

Code identifying the trade terms which apply to the shipment transportation

responsibility

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

/. Use to identify the acceptance point. This code also identifies the

inspection location when it is the same as the acceptancepoint.

2. When the inspection point differs, use the 2/LM/620 loop to identify the

inspection point by coded means (Destination or Source). The 2/N1/350

loop, citing code LI in NlOl, may be used to identify the inspection location

In N103/N104 or in N1-N4 as afull address.

DE

OR

ZZ

Destination (Shipping)

Origin (Shipping Point)

Mutually Defined

1. Use to indicate the acceptance point is neither at origin nor at destination. When both the acceptance

and inspection points are the same location but

neither origin nor destination, use the 2/N1/350 loop,

citing code 7M in NIOL

2. When both the acceptance and inspection points are at different locations but neither are origin nor

destination, use the 2/N1/350 loop to provide the

acceptance point address, citing code KZ in NlOl and

the inspection point in another iteration ofthe Nl

003050F850 1 143 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

%)op, citing code LI in NlOl.

Not Used FOB07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Not Used FOB08 54 Risk of Loss Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying where responsibility for risk of loss passes

Not Used FOB09 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

003050F850 1 144 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

SDQ Destination Quantity

190

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

500

To specify destination and quantity detail

1 If either SDQ05 or SDQ06 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either SDQ07 or SDQ08 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either SDQ09 or SDQ10 is present, then the other is required.

4 If either SDQl 1 or SDQ 12 is present, then the other is required.

5 If either SDQ 13 or SDQ 14 is present, then the other is required.

6 If either SDQ 15 or SDQ 16 is present, then the other is required.

7 If either SDQ 17 or SDQl 8 is present, then the other is required.

8 If either SDQ 19 or SDQ20 is present, then the other is required.

9 If either SDQ2 1 or SDQ22 is present, then the other is required.

1 SDQ23 identifies the area within the location identified in SDQ03, SDQ05, SDQ07,

SDQ09, SDQl 1, SDQ13, SDQ15, SDQ17, SDQ19, and SDQ21.

1 SDQ02 is used only if different than previously defined in the transaction set. 2 SDQ03 is the store number.

3 SDQ23 may be used to identify areas within a store, e.g., front room, back room,

selling outpost, end aisle display, etc. The value is agreed to by trading partners or

industry conventions.

Notes: Use this segment when known quantities ofthe line item are to be delivered to multiple

locations on the same date, and the locations can be identified by a DUNs number, a CAGE code, a DoD/tAC, or a MAPAC.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

SDQOl

Data

Element

355

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

i. Use any code other than code ZZ, but it must be the same code as

specified in POI03.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert codes

to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

SDQ02 66 Identification Code Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

While the Federal EDIprogram uses the DUNS number, other Government

users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and

additional numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference

r existing data bases to new procurement actions.

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

Use ofthe DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred

over other codes to identic an entity.

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character

Suffix

Use ofthe DUNS or DUNS+4 number is preferred

over other codes to identify an entity.

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate a Department ofDefense or Civilian

Agency Activity Address Code.

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

003050F850 1 145 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

A2

Must Use SDQ03

Must Use SDQ04

SDQ05

SDQ06

SDQ07

SDQ08

SDQ09

SDQIO

SDQll

SDQ12

SDQ13

SDQ14

SDQ15

SDQ16

SDQ17

SDQ18

SDQ19

SDQ20

SDQ21

SDQ22

Not Used SDQ23

Military Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

67 Identification Code

Code identifying a party or other code

380 Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

310 Location Identifier

Code which identifies a specific location

M AN 2/20

M R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

X AN 2/20

X R 1/15

O AN 1/30

003050F850 1 146 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

DTM Date/Time Reference

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

DTMOl

210

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

10

To specify pertinent dates and times

1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM06 is required.

2 If either DTM06 or DTM07 is present, then the other is required.

'l7Vse this IJWjtWilO segment to Jtronde aciuaTWM^^ to the lineTiem. tJsF

the l/DTM/150 segment when the dates apply to all ofthe line items.

2. Use this segmentfor delivery information when the required delivery can be

specified as an actual date. Ifthe delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period

after the occurrence ofsome event, use the 2/LDT/321 loop or the 2/LDT/462 loop if

the delivery schedule is applicable to a named entity.

Data

Element

374

Data Element Summary

Name

Date/Time Qualifier

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

Attributes

M ID 3/3

002

007

017

063

064

077

106

174

193

194

275

Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not

conform to the basic IDC instrument.

Effective

Use with codes RD6 or RD8 in DTM06 to indicate the

ordering periodfor a line item, e.g., a provisioned

item. Specif the date range in DTMO7. Estimated Delivery

Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time.

Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time.

Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe

week.

Required By

Use to indicate delivery is due exactly on the date

specified.

Month Ending

Use to indicate delivery is required within the specified

month. In DTMOl, identify the month and cite the last

calendar day ofthe month.

Period Start Use to indicate the start ofa period ofperformance or

lease.

Period End

Use to indicate the end ofaperiod ofperformance or

lease.

Approved

Date report was approved by contractor representative

003050F850 1 147 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Use to indicate the approval date ofa Contract Data

Requirements List.

368 Submittal

Date an item was submitted to a customer

When REFOl is code TN, use to indicate the date ofa

related transaction set

375 Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin

Use to indicate the start date/timefor deliveries when

the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified

timeperiod

376 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

Use to indicate the end date/timefor deliveries when

the total quantity is to be delivered during a specified

time period,

405 Production

Used to identify dates and times that operations or processes were performed

Use to indicate the preparation date ofa Contract

Data Requirements List

600 As Of

Use to indicate the "as of datefor submission of

data.

601 First Submission

Use to indicate the date ofthefirst submission ofa

data item specified by a Contract Data Requirements

List

602 Subsequent Submission

Use to indicate the date(s) ofa subsequent

submission(s) ofa data item specified by a Contract

Data Requirements List

641 Option

Use with DTM02 to indicate the last datefor the

exercise ofan option or with DTM06/07 to indicate the

period during which the option may be exercised.

937 Department of Labor Wage Determination Date

Use to indicate the date ofa Department ofLabor

Wage Determination. If revisions or modifications are

applicable to a Wage Determination, cite the date of

the most recent revision or modification in DTM02.

994 Quote

The date on which a (price) quote was rendered

When REFOl is code PR, use to indicate the date of

the quote or offer. 996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services

must be delivered

Use to indicate delivery is due on or before the

specified date.

DTM02 373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

DTM03 337 Time X TM4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

003050F850 1 148 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

DTM04 623

DTM05

DTM06

624

1250

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, if applicable, to identify the timefor a delivery. Specify time only in the

HHMMformat

Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

Use only when DTM03 is used to express a time.

CT Central Time

ET Eastern Time

GM Greenwich Mean Time

LT Local Time

MT Mountain Time

PT Pacific Time

Century O NO 2/2

The first two characters in the designation of the year (CCYY)

Date Time Period Format Qualifier X ID 2/3

Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format

i. Use any code.

2. Use to qualify a date when it is necessary to express the date in other than

YYMMDDformat

3. Use also to qualify a range ofdates or times. Use ofcode RD6 or KD8 is preferredfor expressing a date range.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

DTM07 1251 Date Time Period X AN 1/35

Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and times

When used to identify a time rangefor deliveries on a specified date, use code RTM in DTM06 to qualify a delivery time range, e.g.,for March 30,

1 994 between 1:00 PMand 4:00 PMlocal time. Use DTMOl/02 to convey

the March 30, 1994 date.

003050F850 1 149 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Not Used

Ref.

Pes.

TD501

TD502

TD503

TD504

Not Used TD505

Not Used TD506

Not Used TD507

Not Used TD508

Not Used TD509

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

250

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

12

To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information

12

3

4

1

At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD512 is required.

If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

If TD510 is present, then TD51 1 is required.

When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual

routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Use this 2/TD5/250 segment to identify the transportation method that is applicable to a specific line item. Use the 2/TD5/430 segment ifthe transportation methodfor the

line item applies to a named entity.

Data

Element

133

66

67

91

387

368

309

310

731

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement

Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the number Iti TD503 is the DoDAAC ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

D Parcel Post

Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not a private carrier.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity

Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line

item or transaction

Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction

003050F850 1 150 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used TD510

Not Used TD511

TD512

732 Transit Time Direction Qualifier O ID 2/2

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time

733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time

284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When TD401 is code EMR, use to identify the transportation

requirements to satisfy the Emergency Order.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

003050F850 1 151 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

TD401

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

270

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials

information, or both

1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required.

2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Use this 2/TD4/270 segment to provide special handling or hazardous material

information that applies to a specific line item. Use the 2/TD4/450 segment when the

information applies to a named entity.

Data

Element

152

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Special Handling Code X ID 2/3

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions

Any code, other than code ZZZ, may be used but the listed codes are preferred

AMM A.M. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EMR Emergency Service

Use to indicate an Emergency Order, When this code is usedf TD512 may be

used to specify transportation requirements.

TD402

TD403

TD404

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209)

Use any code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material

352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

'Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by

some other means within the transaction set

003050F850 1 152 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

MAN Marks and Numbers

280

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

10

To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers

1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

1 MAN01/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container.

2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a

sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range.

3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range.

Comments: 1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for

this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is represented in the range in MAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

Notes: 1. Use this 2/MAN/280 segment to identify marks and numbers that apply to a specific

line item. Use the l/MAN/270 segment to identify marks and numbers that apply to all

the line items.

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP number, Transportation

Control number, Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MANOl

Must Use MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

Data

Element

88

87

87

88

87

87

Data Element Summary

Name

Marks and Numbers Qualifier

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and

L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers Qualifier

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and

L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Attributes

M ID 1/2

Numbers (87)

M AN 1/45

of a shipment

O AN 1/45

of a shipment

X ID 1/2

Numbers (87)

X AN 1/45

of a shipment

O AN 1/45

of a shipment

003050F850 1 153 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

MSG Message Text

289

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

>1

To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc.

1. Use to provide any plain text information not associated with a lead time, a clause, or an address.

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by some

other means within the transaction set

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MSGOl

Not Used MSG02

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

933 Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text 934 Printer Carriage Control Code O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

Attributes

M AN 1/264

003050F850 154 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use SPIOl

SPI02

SPI03

SPI04

Not Used SPI05

Not Used SPI06

Not Used SPI07

Not Used SPI08

SPI09

003050F850 1

SPI Specification Identifler

291

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

>1

To provide a description of the included specification or technical data items

1 If either SPI02 or SPI03 is present, then the other is required.

Use this segment to identify those elements ofthe award instrument that are classified

and to specify) the level ofclassification.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name Attributes

786 Security Level Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the

information following

Use to specify the level ofGovernment security classification or commercial

protection level assigned to the items identified in SPI02/03. Ifthe item has

both a Government security classification and a commercialprotection level,

cite the Government security classification in this data element and cite the

commercialprotection level in SP109.

06 Supplier Proprietary

92 Government Confidential

93 Government Secret

94 Government Top Secret

128 Reference Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

1. Use to identify items within the transaction set that are classified, e.g., FMS case number, drawing number, SOW, etc. Use SPI04 to further define

the number or description ofthe item cited in SPI03, ifnecessary,

2. Use any code other than code ZZ.

DD Document Identification Code

Use to indicate an Engineering Data List.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

127 Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

790 Entity Title O AN 1/132

Title of the data entity

Use only ifnecessary tofurther define the item cited in SPI03.

791 Entity Purpose O AN 1/80

The reason for the existence of the data item specified by the electronic data

item independent of its presence in an EDI transaction

792 Entity Status Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the current status of the data item specified by the electronic

data item

353 Transaction Set Purpose Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying purpose of transaction set 755 Report Type Code O ID 2/2

Code indicating the title or contents of a document, report or supporting item

786 Security Level Code O ID 2/2

155 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Code indicating the level of confidentiality assigned by the sender to the

information following

When SPIOl is code 92, 93, or 94, use to identify the commercial protection

level assigned to the item in SPI03, ifapplicable.

06 Supplier Proprietary

Not Used SPIIO 559 Agency Qualifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Not Used SPIll 822 Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

Not Used SPI12 554 Assigned Number O NO 1/6

Number assigned for differentiation within a transaction set Not Used SPI13 1322 Certification Type Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the type of certification

Not Used SPI14 1401 Proposal Data Detail Identifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying the basis of a cited value in a proposal

003050F850 1 156 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use TXIOl

TXI02

TXI03

Not Used TXI04

Not Used TXI05

TXI06

TXI07

TXI08

TXI Tax Information

292

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

>1

To specify tax information

1 At least one of TXI02 TXI03 or TXI06 is required.

2 If either TXI04 or TXI05 is present, then the other is required.

3 If TXI08 is present, then TXI03 is required.

1 TXI07 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to the associated

segment.

1 TXI02 is the monetary amount of the tax. 2 TXI03 is the tax percent expressed as a decimal.

3 If TXI02 is not used, then the application of the percent (TXI03) is between trading

partners.

Use this 2/TXI/292 segment to identify taxes that apply to individual line item amounts.

Use the l/TXI/285 segment to identify taxes that apply to the entire order amount.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

963

Attributes

M ID 2/2

782

954

955

956

441

662

828

Name

Tax Type Code

Code specifying the type of tax Use any code other than code ZZ.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Monetary Amount X R 1/15

Monetary amount

Percent X R 1/10

Percentage expressed as a decimal

jpercents will be cited asfollows: 4.25% will be cited as 4.25; 3% will be cited as 3 (note: leading and trailing zeros are suppressed).

Tax Jurisdiction Code Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the source of the data used in tax jurisdiction code

Tax Jurisdiction Code X AN 1/10

Code identifying the taxing jurisdiction

Tax Exempt Code X ID 1/1

Code identifying exemption status from sales and use tax Use any code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Relationship Code O ID 1/1

Code indicating the relationship between entities

A Add

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 is to be

added to the total line item amount.

Delete

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 has

been deletedfrom the total line item amountproposed

in the Response to the Solicitation.

Included

Use to indicate the tax amount cited in TXI02 is included in the total line item amount.

Dollar Basis For Percent O R 1/9

Dollar basis to be used in the percent calculation of the allowance, charge or

tax

D

I

003050F850 1 157 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

TXI09 325 Tax Identification Number O AN 1/20

Number assigned to a purchaser (buyer, orderer) by a taxing jurisdiction (state,

county, etc.); often called a tax exemption number or certificate number

When TXI06 is used, provide the purchasing activity's tax exempt number

when required by the taxingjurisdiction.

TXIIO 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

1. Use to identify theACRN, project code, funding code, or accounting code

to which a tax is applicable. These codes and their relationship to the

financial accounting data they represent are established in the l/AMT/287

loop. M

2. Use only when TXI07 is code A.

003050F850 1 158 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

SCH Line Item Schedule

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use SCHOl

Must Use SCH02

Not Used SCH03

Not Used SCH04

Must Use SCH05

295

SCH Optional

Detail

Optional

1To specify the data for scheduling a specific line-item

1 If SCH03 is present, then SCH04 is required.

2 If SCH08 is present, then at least one of SCH09 or SCH10 is required.

3 If SCH09 is present, then SCH08 is required.

4 If SCH 1 0 is present, then SCH08 is required.

1 SCH 12 is the schedule identification.

1 SCH05 specifies the interpretation to be used for SCH06 and SCH07.

Use the 2/SCH/295 segment to describe a partial delivery when it can be specified as an

actual date and there is only one ship-to address. Ifthere is more than one entity

meeivingpartial shipmentSf use the 2/SCH/415 segment.

Data

Element

380

355

98

93

374

Data Element Summary

Attributes

M R 1/15

Name

Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

/. Use any code other than code ZZ,

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name

Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

002

017

063

064

077

106

174

358

Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not

conform to the basic IDC instrument

Estimated Delivery

Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time.

Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot he made before a

specified date and/or time.

Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe

week.

Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the

specified date.

Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

Cycle Begin

Date on which the cycle begins

003050F850 1 159 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Must Use SCH06

SCH07

SCH08

SCH09

SCHIO

SCHll

375 Delivery Start The date that deUveries will begin

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services

must be delivered

Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the

specified date.

373 Date M DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable^ to identify the timefor a delivery. Specify time only in the

HHMMformat

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ffi 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

002 Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date ofthe order does nW

conform to the basic WCinstrument

0 1 7 Estimated Delivery

063 Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time.

064 Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot he made before a

specified date and/or time.

Oil Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe

week.

106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the

specified date.

1 74 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe iMin^^

359 Cycle End

Date on which the cycle ends

376 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services

must be delivered

Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the

specified date.

373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time X TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable, to identify the timefor a delivery. Specify time only in the

HHMMformaL

326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

003050F850 1 160 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with

contract number)

Use to identify a reference number applicable to the delivery, e,g., a

requisition number.

Not Used SCH12 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

003050F850 1 161 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

PKGOl

PKG02

300

PKG Optional

Detail

Optional

1To describe marking, packaging, loading, and unloading requirements

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGOl is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use the MEA (Measurements) Segment to define dimensions, tolerances, weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGOl = "T", then PKG05 is used. If PKGOl = "S", then PKG04 is used. If

PKGOl = ^^X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used.

3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (description).

1. Use this 2/PKG/300 segment when packaging requirements apply to specific line

items. Use the 2/PKG/460 segment ifthe packaging requirements apply to a named

entity.

2. Packaging information such as the number ofitems in a unit container; the number

ofunit containers in a intermediate container; a requirementfor palletized loads or shrink wrap; or the gross weight, cube and dimensions ofa unit container or an

intermediate container, is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

349

Attributes

X ID 1/1

753

Name

Item Description Type

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code O ID 1/5

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics

being described

Use the listed codes to identify the applicablepackaging requirements.

CD

CT

CUD

HM

IC

LP

OPI

PK

Cleaning or Drying Procedure

Cushioning Thickness

Cushioning and Durmage

Hazardous Material

Intermediate Container

Level Of Preservation

Optional Procedure Indicator

Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a threeposition code; the

firstposition signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via afreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the thirdposition

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments.

When standard commercialpackaging perASTMD

3951 is acceptable, cite MLL-STD 2073-2C code Xin

PKG04.

003050F850 162 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate a Federal activity other than DoD or GSA.

Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the

marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product

i/. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes cited

in PKG02 can befound in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD 2073-2Q.

Z When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic codCf insert "Y" or "YY"

(dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent ofthe number ofpositions in the code) to indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to apackaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD 2073-

2C. Use PKG05 to provide the supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor thepreservation method

code, insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in

ihe code).

\5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

informationf provide it in PKG05.

PKG05 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

i. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging

Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length

ofthis data element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD

in N901.

PKG03 559

PKG04 754

2. Use offree text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by some

other means within the transaction set. Not Used PKG06 400 Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

003050F850 1 163 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

LS Loop Header

320

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

1To indicate that the next segment begins a loop

1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested

loop terminates before the outer loop. When specified by the standard setting body as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LE", must be used. It is not to be used

if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required loop

segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram in the

appropriate ASC XI 2 version/release.

1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LS and LE segments.

Use this segment only ifthe 2/LDT/321 loop is used. Use ofthis segment will prevent

collision between segments.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

LSOl

Data

Element

447

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Loop Identifier Code M AN 1/4

The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this data element in segments LS and LE

Cite the letters LDT.

003050F850 164 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

LDT Lead Time

321

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

1To specify lead time for availability of products and services

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of unit of time periods.

1. Use this 2/LDT/321 loop when the delivery schedule is expressed as a set timeperiod

after the occurrence ofsome event, and varies by line item. Ifthe delivery schedule is applicable to a named entity, use the 2/LDT/462 loop. Ifthis segment is used, the

2/DTM/210 segment is not used to describe a delivery schedule.

2. Thefollowing are examples ofhow this LDTloop can be used to specify a delivery

schedule:

Example 1: Deliver 50 each ISO days after date oforder.

LDT*AY*180*DA n/l

QTY*1J*50*EA n/l

Example 2: Deliver the total quantity of500 each asfollows: 50per month

commencing 180 days after date oforder.

LDT*AY*180*DA n/l

QTY*1J*SO*MO n/l

Example 3: Deliver the total quantity of20,500 each asfollows: 2500 each per quarter

commencing 90 days after date oforder until halfthe order is completed, then 1000

each per month until the total order is complete.

LDT*AY*90*DA n/I

QTY*1J*2500*Q1 n/l

QTY*1K*4*Q1 n/l

LDT*AM*imO n/l

QTY*1J*1000*MO n/l

QTY*1K*10*MO n/l

LDT*AK*1*M0 nA

QTY*1J*500*EA n/l

Ref. Data

Pes. Element

Must Use LDTOl 345

Data Element Summary

Name

Lead Time Code

Code indicating the time range

Attributes

M ID 2/2

AD

AH

AI

AJ

From date of sample approval to first product shipment

From Date of Receipt of First Article to First Article

Approval

From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery

When this code is used, identify the specified event in

thefollowing MSG segment Ifthe specified event is the scheduling ofa shipment or the requesting of

shipping instructions, cite the contact communications

number in the 2/PER/400 segment.

From Date of First Delivery to Date of Subsequent

Delivery(ies)

003050F850 1 165 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Must Use LDT02

Must Use LDT03

LDT04

AK From Date Of Latest Delivery To Final Delivery

AM From Date Of Previous Delivery To Date Of

SubsequentDelivery

AV From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

AW From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

AX From Date of Award to Date of Completion

Use to indicate the completion date, e.g,, for a level of

effort

AY From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

AZ From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of

Item

380 Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

344 Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval

CY Calendar Year

DA Calendar Days

KK Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate aflexible time period, e.g,y Xnumber

ofdays or less. MO Month

QY Quarter of a Year

SA Semiaimual

WK Weeks

373 Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time code. For example, the start date

ofthe cited activity.

003050F850 1 166 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

QTY Quantity

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

QTYOl

322

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

>1

To specify quantity information

1. Use this segment to specify the quantity ofan item that is to be delivered in

accordance with a delivery schedule. The deliverable quantity can be expressed as a

discrete quantity or a quantityper time period, e.g.^ 1000per month. To indicate a

delivery rateper time period^ cite in QTY02 the quantity to be delivered and cite in

QTY03 the timeperiod, e.g., days, weeks, months, quarters, years.

2. Use also, to indicate the length ofthe delivery period, e.g., 4 quarters or the number

ofshipments.

Data

Element

673

Data Element Summary

Name

Quantity Qualifier

Code specifying the type of quantity

IJ

Attributes

M ID 2/2

Must Use QTY02 380 Quantity

Due

The amount due to the customer

JJse to indicate the quantity to be delivered.

Time Units

The number of time units such as 8 (hours)

Use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period. -N Number of Originals

TJse to indicate the number ofregular copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered

Drafts

JJse to indicate the number ofdraft copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered.

Duplicates

Use to indicate the number ofreproducible copies ofa

data item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered.

Shipments

Use to indicate the number ofshipments expected to complete the deliverable quantity. MR 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

1. When QTYOl is code IJ, cite the quantity to be delivered.

IK

52

K6

KF

SA

2. When QTYOl is code IK, cite the length ofthe delivery period in this data

element, e.g„ 4, and in QTY03 identify the time measurement ofthe delivery

period, e.g,, months.

QTY03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

003050F850 1 167 1 8 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

DA Days

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicatefrequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

MO Months

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicatefrequency ofdelivery. When QTYO.

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Ql Quarter (Time)

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicatefrequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period. M

WK Week

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicatefrequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

YR Years

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

003050F850 1 168 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

MSG Message Text

323

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

1To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc. When LDTOl is code AI, use to identify the specified event.

Must Use

Not Used

Ref.

Pes.

MSGOl

MSG02

Data

Element

933

934

Data Element Summary

Name

Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text Printer Carriage Control Code

Attributes

M AN 1/264

O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

003050F850 1 169 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use REFOl

REF02

REF03

REF Reference Numbers

324

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

3

To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a delivery, e,g., a

requisition number, an ACRN, a GBL, etc.

Data

Element

128

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

AT

AX

BL

FU

IL

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account

Use to indicate an accounting code.

Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Government Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account ftind

Intemal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition

(MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TG

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

ffTten REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

003050F850 1 170 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

LM Code Source Information

Must Use LMOl

Not Used LM02

325

LM Optional

Detail

Optional

1To transmit standard code list identification information

1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Use this 2/LM/325 loop to provide the codesfrom DoD 5010J2-M that identify the

£requency ofdeliveryfor a Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL) data item.

Data

Element

559

822

Data Element Summary

Name

Agency Qualifler Code

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

Source Subqualifier

Attributes

M ID 2/2

O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

003050F850 1 171 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

LC^ Industry Code

326

LM Optional

Detail

Mandatory

>1

Code to transmit standard industry codes

1 If LQOl is present, then LQ02 is required.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

LQOl 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list FX Frequency

Use to indicate the deliveryfrequency codefor a data

item deliverable on a Contract Data Requirements

List.

LQ02 1271 Industry Code ^ " ^ x AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

003050F850 1 172 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

LE Loop Trailer

327

POl Mandatory

Detail

Optional

1To indicate that the loop immediately preceding this segment is complete

1 One loop may be nested contained within another loop, provided the inner nested

loop terminates before the other loop. When specified by the standards setting body

as mandatory, this segment in combination with "LS", must be used. It is not to be

used if not specifically set forth for use. The loop identifier in the loop header and

trailer must be identical. The value for the identifier is the loop ID of the required

loop beginning segment. The loop ID number is given on the transaction set diagram

in the appropriate ASC X12 version/release.

1 See Figures Appendix for an explanation of the use of the LE and LS segments.

Use this segment only ifthe 2/LDT/321 loop is used. Use ofthis segment will prevent

collision between segments.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

Must Use LEOl 447 Loop Identifier Code M AN 1/4

The loop ID number given on the transaction set diagram is the value for this

data element in segments LS and LE

€Ue the letters LDT.

003050F850 I 173 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

N9 Reference Number

330

N9 Optional

Detail

Optional

1To transmit identifying numbers and descriptive information as specified by the reference

number qualifier

1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required.

2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required.

1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects.

L Use this 2/N9/330 loop to identify various clauses (e.g., FAR, DFARS, GSARS,

VAARS, Agency, or other clauses), 0MB Circular, special instructions^ c references that are applicable to a specific line item. Ifthe information i the line items, use the 1/N9/290 loop.

3. mien ciii:

title ofthe clause may be opiianaUy cited in thefoUowing MSGsegment

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

N901

Data

Element

128

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

5N

73

BB

CJ

DF

DX

EC

FA

GS

K7

Citation of Statute Use to indicate the legislative authorization under

which the line item is awarded, Cite the legislative

program title in N903.

Statement of Work (SOW)

Description of a product or service to be procured under

a contract; statement of requirements

Authorization Number

Proves that permission was obtained to provide a

service

Use to indicate the Code of Federal Regulatiom.

Clause Number

Use to indicate a purchasing activity clause (i.e., a

clause notfound in FAR, DFARS, etc.). Identify the

purchasing activity issuing the clause in N903.

Defense Federal Acquisition Regulations (DFAR)

Department/Agency Number

Use to indicate an Agency clause and identify the

agency in N963. ,^ii.t,. ^ - « .^ . . Circular

Use to indicate an Office ofManagement and Budget

(0MB) circular

number.

Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

General Services Administration Regulations (GSAR)

Paragraph Number

Use to provide information for a contractor. Cite an

applicable number in IS902 andprovide the

003050F850 1 174 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

information in thefiMomH^MB&r^^S^mMii. ff0-''""''"r'^'^" numbering system can be based on the uniform

contractformat, e.g., H-1 for special requirements or any other numbering system the originator desires.

KD Special Instructions Number

Use to indicate a special instruction. ''iMicatethe

agency, orpurchasing activity issuing the special

instruction in N903. Ifthis special instruction number

is not included in previously provided terms and

conditions, provide thefull text in thefollowing MSG

segment

KY Site Specific Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of procedures, terms, and conditions, applicable to a category of procurement emanating from a specific

location, which will be incorporated into all procurement actions in that category by referencing its unique number rather than by incorporating the lengthy

details it represents

KZ Master Solicitation Procedures, Terms, and Conditions

A set of standard procedures, terms, and conditions,

applicable to a category of procurement, which will be

incorporated into all procurement actions in that

category by referencing its unique number rather than

by incorporating the lengthy details it represents

Use to indicate the Master Solicitation number that

contains applicable terms and conditions.

VB Department of Veterans Affairs Acquisition

Regulations (VAAR)

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate any other reference that cannot use a

specific qualifier code. Indicate the source ofthe

reference in N903 and use thefollowing MSG

segment, ifnecessary, to pass text. Reference Number X AN 1/30

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Free-form Description X AN 1/45

Free-form descriptive text

1. When N901 is code CJor DX, use to identify the agency or purchasing

activity issuing the clause cited in N902.

2. When N901 is code ZZ, use to identify the source ofthe reference and use

thefollowing MSG segmentfor text, if necessary.

3. When N902 cites a FAR or other Progress Payment clause codified within

48 CFR and the Progress Payment rate is other than the customary rate, cite

the words PROGRESS PAYMENTRATE andprovide the rate in the

following MSG segment

4. Use offree-form text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by

some other means within the transaction set

N902 127

N903 369

N904 373 Date O DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

Use to identify the date ofthe clause cited in N902. The DD (day) portion of

the date is always 01.

Not Used N905 337 Time X TM 4/8

003050F850 1 175 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Not Used N906 623 Time Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying the time. In accordance with International Standards

Organization standard 8601, time can be specified by a + or - and an indication

in hours in relation to Universal Time Coordinate (UTC) time; since + is a

restricted character, + and - are substituted by P and M in the codes that follow

003050F850 1 176 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

MSG Message Text

340

N9 Optional

Detail

Optional

1000

To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc. L Use this segment to carry the title orfull text ofany clause, a speciafmstruMon^or

other information associated with the number cited in N902.

2. Wlten N903 cites the words PROGRESS PA YMENTRATE, use this segment to

identify the rate.

3. This segment is also used to carry clausefill-in information that is notprovided

elsewhere within the transaction set Use ofclause titles when providingfill-in

information is recommended.

4. When providingfill-in information, thefollowingformat is recommended:

a) In thefirst iteration ofthe segment, cite the clause title, and the clause alternate

identifier with date ifapplicable, followed by a pipe sign to indicate the end ofthe title information, then cite the number offill-insfollowed by a secondpipe sign to indicate

the end ofthe title segment.

b) For eachfill-in, begin a new MSG segment using the sequence in which thefill- ins appear within the clause. These MSG segments may each begin with a number

indicating thefill-in 's sequence position. End each fill-in with a pipe sign. Ifmultiple

iterations ofMSG are requiredfor a longfill-in, end only the last MSG segment ofthat

fill-in with the pipe sign.

5. Thepurpose ofthe pipe sign (\^ is to provide an indication to receiving applications

that the data string related to a single entry has been completed.

An example ofa clause with 3fill-insfollows:

MSG*Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work Alternate I (Apr

m4)\3\

MSG*!. 30\

MSG*2. 30Sepl995\

MSG*3. 15 Jan 19951

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MSGOl

6. An example alternativeformatprovides allfill-in information within the title MSG

segment asfollows:

MSG*Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work Alternate I (Apr

1984)\3\30\Sep30, 1995\Jan 15, 1995\

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

933 Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text When citing a Progress Payment rate, the rate (percentage) shall be cited as afourposition number with two decimalplaces. Cite 8 7percent as 87. 00,

Attributes

M AN 1/264

003050F850 1 177 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

cite 87.5 percent as 87.50, cite 7.25 percent as 07.25.

Not Used MSG02 934 Printer Carriage Control Code O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

003050F850 1 178 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Nl Name

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

NlOl

350

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

1To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code

1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required.

2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of providing

organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must

provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N1 05 and N1 06 further define the type of entity in N1 0 1

1. Use the 2/N1/350 loop to identify organizations and locations that apply to a specific

line item. Use the l/Nl/310 loop to identify organizations and locations that apply to

all ofthe line items.

2. Wheneverpossible, identification and address information should be provided using

NlOl, N103, andN104. Use N102 and segments N2 through N4, as applicable^ when

the address cannot beprovided using one ofthe codes listed in N103.

3. When this segment is used to provide a ship-to addressfor distribution ofa data hem

on a Contract Data Requirements List, N102 should be used to specify the office

symbol or code within the receiving organization, ifnecessary.

Data

Element

98

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Entity Identifier Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

28

31

44

61

7D

7G

7H

7L

Subcontractor

Postal Mailing Address

Use only when an actual mailing address is required

and it is differentfrom the address providedfor any

other qualifier code. Do not use if another qualifier

code can be used to pass this address. When used, cite

the name ofthe party in N102 and the N2 segment, if

necessary.

Data Processing Service Bureau

Use to indicate the Agency's Hazardous Material

Information System (HMIS) centralfocalpoint to whom Material Safety Data Sheets are to be sent. Performed At

The facility where work was performed

Use to indicate additionalplaces ofperformance

applicable to the line item.

Contracting Officer Representative

Hazardous Material Office

Use to indicate the installation Hazardous Material or

Safety Office serving the ship-to location.

Government Furnished Property FOB Point

Preliminary Inspection Location

Use to indicate the inspection location for afirst

article.

OO3O50F85O 1 179 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

7M

7P

88

AE

BT

CY

DL

DS

E5

IC

IS

KA

KF

KG

KX

KY

Inspection and Acceptance Location

Use to indicate the inspection and acceptance point

when both are at the same location but the location is neither at origin nor at destination.

Transportation Office

Approver

Manufacturer's representative approving claim for

payment

Use to indicate the party approving a Contract Data

Requirements List

Additional Delivery Address

Use to indicate a shipment in-place location.

Bill-to-Party

Use to indicate the party who willprovide

reimbursementfor the payment ofa contractor's

invoice. This is an internal government billed party

and not the party the contractor bills. Use is discouraged. Use only when the contractor or other

party receiving the order or a copy ofthe order, needs

to receive this information.

Country

Use to indicate the country to which a Foreign

MUitary Sale applies. Cite "FMS" in N102 and cUe

the applicable two position ISO 3166 country code in

N404. _ _ , ^ ^ , _ . Dealer

Use to indicate a dealer or reseller ofproducts.

Distributor

Use to indicate a distributor ofproducts^^

Examiner

Use to indicate a Grant Investigator.

Intermediate Consignee

When FOB02 is code IT, use to indicate afreight

forwarder.

Party to Receive Certified Inspection Report

Item Manager

The address of the person responsible for the

management of an item of supply

Use to indicate the government inventory manager.

Audit Office

The office performing the audit

Project Manager

The address of the person responsible for the

management of a designated project

Use to indicate the governmentparty responsiblefor a

project to include the advisor under a Grant

Free on Board Point

When FOB02 is code KE, KL, or ZZ, use to specify the

other FOBpoint

Technical Office

Use to indicate the technical office that has

cognizance over the technicalportion ofthe order, if

different than the office originating the order. Do not

use unless it is intendedfor the contractor to deal

directly with the citedparty.

003050F850 1 180 1 8 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

KZ

LI

01

PI

PA

PC

PN

PO

PR

PW

R6

SM

ST

SV

TS

X2

Z7

ZD

Acceptance Location

Use when ihe^ acceptance point is other than at origin or destination.

Inspection Location

Place where the item was viewed or inspected

Use to indicate the inspection location when it has to be described as an address.

Outside Inspection Agency

Use to indicate the inspection activity is other than the

Contract Administration Office.

Preparer

The firm, organization, or individual who determines

the tax liability from information supplied by the

taxpayer

Use to indicate the preparer ofa Contract Data

Requirements List. Party to Receive Inspection Report

Party to Receive Cert, of Conformance (C.A.A.)

Party to Receive Shipping Notice

Party to Receive Invoice for Goods or Services

Use to indicate where the invoice should be mailed.

Payer

Use to indicate thepaying office.

Pick Up Address

Requester

Use to indicate the requesting agency/activity.

Party to Receive Shipping Manifest

Ship To

ffthe address is an FPO or APO, use the appropriate

code in NlOl, cite FPO or APO in N102, cUe the zip

code in N403, cite code AR in N405, and cite the two

letter identifier (AA for Miami, AEfor New York, AP

for San Francisco) in N406.

Service Performance Site

When services are contracted for, this describes the

organization for whom or location address at which

those services will be performed

Use to indicate the location where a service, e.g., grass

cutting, is to be performed or where servicefor a

product can be obtained

Party to Receive Certified Test Results

Party to Perform Packaging

A party responsible for packaging an item after it has

been produced

Mark-for Party

The party for whom the needed material is intended

Party to Receive Reports

The organization designated to receive reports

N102 93 Name X AN 1/35

Free- form name

N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

While the Federal EDIprogram uses the DUNS number, other Government

003050F850 1 181 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

users ofthis implementation convention may require the use ofother and

additional numbersfor a transition period in order to cross reference

existing data bases to newprocurement actions.

1 D-U-N-S Number, Dun & Bradstreet

Use ofthe DUNS or DUNS+4 numbefWpfeferred

over other codes to identify an entity.

9 D-U-N-S+4, D-U-N-S Number with Four Character

Suffix

Use oftheMMS or DUNS+4 number is preferred over other codes to identify an entity,

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

Use to indicate either a Department ofDefense or

Civilian Agency Activity Address Code.

33 Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE)

A2 Mihtary Assistance Program Address Code (MAPAC)

Contained in the Military Assistance Program Address

Directory (MAPAD); represents the location of an

entity

N104 67 Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

Not Used N105 706 Entity Relationship Code O ID 2/2

Code describing entity relationship

Not Used N106 98 Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

003050F850 1 182 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

N2 Additional Name Information

360

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

2

To specify additional names or those longer than 35 characters in length

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in

N2O3/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name

Must Use N201 93 Name

Free-form name

N202 93 Name

Free-form name

Attributes

M AN 1/35

O AN 1/35

r

003050F850 1 183 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment: N3 Address Information

Position: 370

Loop: Nl Optional

Level: Detail

Usage: Optional

Max Use: 2

Purpose: To specify the location of the named party

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes: This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

N301

Data

Element

166 Address Information

Address information

Address Information

Address information

Name Attributes

M AN 1/35

N302 166 O AN 1/35

003050F850 1 184. 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

N4 Geographic Location

380

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

1To specify the geographic place of the named party

1 If N406 is present, then N405 is required.

1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may be adequate to specify a location.

2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the USA or Canada.

This segment is not necessary when the entity cited in NlOl is described by a code in

N103/N104.

Data Element Summary

Ref.

Des.

N401

N402

N403

N404

N405

N406

Data

Element

19

156

116

26

309

310

Attributes

O AN 2/30

Name

City Name

Free-form text for city name

State or Province Code O ID 2/2

Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government agency

Postal Code O ID 3/11

Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and blanks

(zip code for United States)

Country Code O ID 2/3

Code identifying the country

Cite the two position ISO 3166 country code.

Location Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

AR Armed Services Location Designation

Use to indicate an Army Post Office (APO) or a Fleet

Post Office (FPO).

Location Identifier O AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

When N40S is code AR, cite the two letter APO or FPO identifier (AA for

Miami, AEfor New York, APfor San Francisco),

003050F850 1 185 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

REFOl

REF02

REF03

REF Reference Numbers

390

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

12

To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a ship-to location, Le.,

when NlOl is code ST. The number cited can be a reference number or a code used in

place offinancial accounting data, e.g., an ACRN,fund code, etc; a transportation

control number; a GBL number; a requisition number; or thefinancial accounting

number.

Data

Element

128

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

AT

AX

BL

FU

IL

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account

Use to indicate an accounting code.

Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

men used, cite the number in REF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Government Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fiiel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition

(MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TG

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

H^en REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

003050F850 186 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

PER Administrative Communications Contact

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

PEROl

PER02

400

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

3

To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications should be directed

1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required.

3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required.

Use this segment to provide communications contacts associated with the entities cited

in the same Nl loop.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name Attributes

366 Contact Function Code M ID 2/2

Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group named

AV

CD

CN

HM

IC

NT

pp

RE

93 Name

Free-form name

Advisor

Use in conjunction with NlOl code KG to indicate the

governmentparty who will work with the contractor on basic R&D efforts in a particular science area. Contract Contact

Use in conjunction with NlOl code 7D to indicate the

Contracting Officer's Representative.

General Contact

Use in conjunction with NlOl code ST to indicate the

accepting official at destination.

Hazardous Material Contact

Use in conjunction with NlOl code 7G.

Information Contact

Use with an applicable NlOl code to indicate an

information point ofcontact when no other code

applies.

Notification Contact

When NlOl is code ST, LDTOl in the 2/LDT/321 or 2/LDT/462 segment cites codeAI, and the 2/MSG/323

or 2/MSG/468 segment specifies a requirement to obtain shipping instructions, use to indicate the party

to contact. Program Manager

1. Includes Grants Project Officer

2. Use in conjunction with NlOl code KG.

Receiving Contact

When NlOl is code ST, LDTOl in the 2/LDT/321 or 2/LDT/462 segment cites code AI, and the 2/MSG/323

or 2/MSG/468 segment specifies a requirement to

schedule a shipment, use to indicate the party to

contact. O AN 1/35

Use to identify the name ofa point ofcontact. Last name,followed byfirst

name, is preferred Ifthe whole name is longer than 35 characters, the use

003050F850 1 187 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PER03

PER04

PER05

PER06

PER07

ofinitialsfor thefirst name is recommended, PER09 may be used to cite the

party's title. 365 Communication Number Qualifler X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommimications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

FX Facsimile

IT Intemational Telephone

^nctude the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a second communications numberfor the party cited in

PER02. For example, ifPER03/04 cites a telephone number, PER05/06 can

be used to cite a FAXnumber.

AU Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

EM Electronic Mail

EX Telephone Extension

Use only ifPER03 is used citing either code AUor

TE. ^ ^ FX Facsimile

IT Intemational Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

Use to indicate the commercialtelephone numhW''Sf'"^'

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

364 Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

365 Communication Number Qualifier X ID 2/2

Code identifying the type of communication number

Use to identify a third communications numberfor the party cited in PEMM^T

AU

EM

EX

Defense Switched Network

Department of Defense telecommunications system and

successor of the Automatic Voice Network

(AUTOVON)

Electronic Mail

Telephone Extension

Wse only ifPEROS is used citing either code AUor

TE.

0O3O5OF85O 1 188 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PER08 364

PER09 443

003050F850_1 189 18 March 1997

FX Facsimile

IT International Telephone

Include the country code.

TE Telephone

XJse to indicate the commercial telephone number of

the individual cited in PER02. Include the area code.

Communication Number X AN 1/80

Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable

All numbers, other than those associated with code EM, shall be transmitted as a continuous number with no extraneous characters.

Contact Inquiry Reference O AN 1/20

Additional reference number or description to clarify a contact number

Use , ifnecessary, to provide the title ofthe party cited in PER02.
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use SCHOl

Must Use SCH02

SCH Line Item Schedule

Not Used SCH03

Not Used SCH04

Must Use SCH05

415

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

200

To specify the data for scheduling a specific line-item

1 If SCH03 is present, then SCH04 is required.

2 If SCH08 is present, then at least one of SCH09 or SCH 1 0 is required.

3 If SCH09 is present, then SCH08 is required.

4 If SCH1 0 is present, then SCH08 is required.

1 SCH 1 2 is the schedule identification.

1 SCH05 specifies the interpretation to be used for SCH06 and SCH07.

Use this segment to identify a partial delivery when it can be specified as an actual date

and is applicable to a named entity.

Data

Element

380

355

98

93

374

Data Element Summary

Attributes

M R 1/15

Name

Quantity

Numeric value of quantity

Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

which a measurement has been taken

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2, An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Entity Identifier Code O ID 2/2

Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, or an individual

Name X AN 1/35

Free-form name

Date/Time Qualifier M ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

002

017

063

064

077

106

174

358

Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not

conform to the basic IDC instrument.

Estimated Delivery

Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time.

Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time.

Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe

week. ^

Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the

specified date.

Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

Cycle Begin

Date on which the cycle begins

003050F850 1 190 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Must Use SCH06

SCH07

SCH08

SCH09

SCHIO

SCHll

375 Delivery Start The date that deliveries will begin

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services

must be delivered

Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the

mecifled date.

373 Date M DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time O TM 4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable, to identify the timefor a delivery. Specify time only in the

HHMMformat

374 Date/Time Qualifier X ID 3/3

Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time

002 Delivery Requested

Use when the delivery date ofthe order does not

conform to the basic IDC instrument

017 Estimated Delivery

063 Do Not Deliver After

Use to indicate thai deliveries cannot be made after a

specified date and/or time.

064 Do Not Deliver Before

Use to indicate that deliveries cannot be made before a

specified date and/or time.

Oil Requested for Delivery (Week of)

When this code is used, cite the beginning day ofthe

week.

106 Required By

Use to indicate that deliveries are due exactly on the

specified date.

174 Month Ending

When this code is used, cite the last date ofthe month.

359 Cycle End

Date on which the cycle ends

376 Delivery End

The date that deliveries will end

996 Required Delivery

A date on which or before, ordered goods or services

j must be delivered

Use to indicate that delivery is due on or before the

specified date.

373 Date X DT 6/6

Date (YYMMDD)

337 Time X TM4/8

Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS, or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-

59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds

are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

Use, ifapplicable, to identify the timefor a delivery. Specify time only in the%

HHMMformat

326 Request Reference Number O AN 1/45

003050F850 1 191 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Reference number or RFQ number to use to identify a particular transaction set and query (additional reference number or description which can be used with

contract number)

Use to identify a reference number applicable to the delivery, e.g., a

requisition number.

Not Used SCH12 350 Assigned Identification O AN 1/11

Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a transaction set

003050F850 1 192 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Not Used

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

TD501

TD502

TD503

TD504

Not Used TD505

Not Used TD506

Not Used TD507

Not Used TD508

Not Used TD509

Not Used TD510

003050F850 1

TD5 Carrier Details (Routing Sequence/Transit Time)

430

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

12

To specify the carrier and sequence of routing and provide transit time information

12

3

4

1

At least one of TD502 TD504 TD505 TD506 or TD5 12 is required.

If TD502 is present, then TD503 is required.

If TD507 is present, then TD508 is required.

If TD5 10 is present, then TD5 1 1 is required.

When specifying a routing sequence to be used for the shipment movement in lieu of

specifying each carrier within the movement, use TD502 to identify the party

responsible for defining the routing sequence, and use TD503 to identify the actual

routing sequence, specified by the party identified in TD502.

Use this 2/TD5/4S0 segment to identify the transportation method applicable to a named entityfor a specific line item.

Data

Element

133

66

67

91

387

368

309

310

731

732

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Routing Sequence Code O ID 1/2

Code describing the relationship of a carrier to a specific shipment movement

Identification Code Qualifier X ID 1/2

Code designating the system/method of code structure used for Identification

Code (67)

10 Department of Defense Activity Address Code

(DODAAC)

When TD504 is code PL, use to indicate the number in

TD503 is the DoDAAC ofthe pipeline.

Identification Code X AN 2/20

Code identifying a party or other code

Transportation Method/Type Code X ID 1/2

Code specifying the method or type of transportation for the shipment

/. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCX12 codes.

D Parcel Post

Use to indicate the U.S. Postal Service and not aprivate carrier.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Routing X AN 1/35

Free-form description of the routing or requested routing for shipment, or the

originating carrier's identity

Shipment/Order Status Code X ID 2/2

Code indicating the status of an order or shipment or the disposition of any

difference between the quantity ordered and the quantity shipped for a line

item or transaction

Location Qualifier O ID 1/2

Code identifying type of location

Location Identifier X AN 1/30

Code which identifies a specific location

Transit Direction Code O ID 2/2

The point of origin and point of direction

Transit Time Direction Qualifier O

193

ID 2/2

18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Not Used TD511

TD512

Code specifying the value of time used to measure the transit time

733 Transit Time X R 1/4

The numeric amount of transit time

284 Service Level Code X ID 2/2

Code defining service

1. Use any code other than code ZZ.

2. When TD401 is code EMR, use to identify the transportation

requirements to satisfy the Emergency Order.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

003050F850 1 194 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

TD401

TD4 Carrier Details (Special Handling or Hazardous Materials or Both)

450

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

5To specify transportation special handling requirements, or hazardous materials

information, or both

1 At least one of TD401 TD402 or TD404 is required.

2 If TD402 is present, then TD403 is required.

Use this 2/TD4/450 segment when the special handling or hazardous material

information is applicable to a named entityfor a specific line item.

Data

Element

152

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Special Handling Code X ID 2/3

Code specifying special transportation handling instructions

Any code, other than code ZZZ, may be used but the listed codes are

preferred,

idMM AM. Delivery Requirement

DA Dangerous

EMR Emergency Service

Use to indicate an Emergency Order, When this code is used, TD512 may be

used to specify transportation requirements.

TD402

TD403

TD404

EP Expedite

EX Explosive Flammable Gas

FG Flammable Gas

FL Flammable

FP Flammable Poison Gas

HM Endorsed as Hazardous Material

LT Less Than Full Carload

LTT Less Than Truckload

NC Notify Consignee Before Delivery

PG Poisonous Gas

PMM P.M. Delivery Requirement

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

208 Hazardous Material Code Qualifier X ID 1/1

Code which qualifies the Hazardous Material Class Code (209)

Use any code.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

209 Hazardous Material Class Code X AN 2/4

Code specifying the kind of hazard for a material

352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by

some other means within the transaction set

003050F850 1 195 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

PKG Marking, Packaging, Loading

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

PKGOl

PKG02

460

Nl Optional

Detail

Optional

200

To describe marking, packaging, loading, and unloading requirements

1 At least one of PKG04 PKG05 or PKG06 is required.

2 If PKG04 is present, then PKG03 is required.

3 If PKG05 is present, then PKGOl is required.

1 PKG04 should be used for industry-specific packaging description codes.

1 Use the MEA (Measurements) Segment to define dimensions, tolerances, weights,

counts, physical restrictions, etc. 2 If PKGO1 = ~ T", then PKG05 is used. If PKGO1 =

^

' S", then PKG04 is used. If PKGOl = "X", then both PKG04 and PKG05 are used.

3 Use PKG03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list being referred to. 4 Special marking or tagging data can be given in PKG05 (description).

1. Use this 2/PKG/460 segment to identify packaging requirements applicable to a named entityfor a specific line item.

2. Packaging information such as the number ofitems in a unit container; the number

ofunit containers in an intermediate container; a requirementfor palletized loads or

shrink wrap; or the gross weight, cube and dimensions ofa unit container or an

intermediate container is carried in the 2/PO4/090 segment.

3. When different physical detail information is requiredfor the same line item going

to various ship-to addressees, SVBCLINS must be used.

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

349

Attributes

X ID 1/1

753

Name

Item Description Type

Code indicating the format of a description

F Free-form

S Structured (From Industry Code List)

X Semi-structured (Code and Text)

Packaging Characteristic Code

Code specifying the marking, packaging, loading and related characteristics

being described

Use the listed codes to identify the applicable packaging requirements.

O ID 1/5

CD

CT

CUD

HM

IC

LP

OPI

PK

003050F850 1

Cleaning or Drying Procedure

Cushioning Thickness

Cushioning and Durmage

Hazardous Material

Intermediate Container

Level Of Preservation

Optional Procedure Indicator

Packing

When the packing code associated with Packaging

Characteristic Code PK is a three position code; the

firstposition signifies Level A packingfor Overseas

shipments via surface; the secondposition signifies

Level B packingfor Overseas shipments via afreight

forwarder, APO/FPO, or air; the third position

signifies Level Cpackingfor domestic shipments.

When standard commercialpackaging perASTMD

196 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

PKG03

PKG04

3951 is acceptable, cite MIL-STD 2073-2C code Xin

PKG04.

PM Preservation Method

PML Preservation Material

SMK Special Marking

UC Unit Container

UCL Unit Container Level

WM Wrapping Material

559 Agency Qualifier Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

DF Department of Defense (DoD)

GS General Services Administration (GSA)

Responsible for Federal Specification

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate afederal activity other than DoD or GSA.

754 Packaging Description Code X AN 1/7

A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about the

marking, packaging or loading and unloading of a product

/. The actual codes associated with the packaging characteristic codes cited

in PKG02 can befound in Code Source List 197 (MIL-STD-2073-2C).

2. When the contractor is to select the appropriate requirement or method

associated with a packaging characteristic code, insert "Y" or "YY"

(dependent on the number ofpositions in the code).

3. Insert "Z" or "ZZ" (dependent on the number ofpositions in the code) to

indicate that supplementary or special requirements apply to a packaging

characteristic which are not represented by a code listed in MIL-STD- 2073-

2C. Use PKGOS to provide the supplementary or special requirements.

4. When the requirement associated with a packaging characteristic code is included as part ofthe requirements definedfor thepreservation method

code, insert either "X" or "XX" (dependent on the number ofpositions in

the code).

5. Whenever a code used in PKG04 requires an explanation or additional

information, provide it in PKGOS.

PKGOS 352 Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

1. Use to provide Supplemental Instructions or Special Packaging

Instructions. Ifthe information to be provided exceeds the maximum length

ofthis data element, provide the information in the N9 loop, using code KD

inN901.

Not Used PKG06 400

2. Use offreeform text is discouraged ifthe information can beprovided by

some other means within the transaction set. Unit Load Option Code X ID 2/2

Code identifying loading or unloading a shipment

003050F850 1 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

LDT Lead Time

462

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

1To specify lead time for availability of products and services

1 LDT04 is the effective date of lead time information.

1 LDT02 is the quantity of unit of time periods.

i. Use this 2/LDT/462 loop ifthe delivery schedule is expressed as a set time period

after the occurrence ofsome event, and the ship-to address differs by line item. Ifthe

delivery schedule is the samefor all the ship-to addresseesfor the line item, use the

MMTmiloop,

2. Thefollowing are examples ofhow this LDTloop can be used to specify a delivery

schedule:

Example 1: Deliver 50 each 180 days after date oforder.

LDT*AY*m*DA n/i

QTY*1J*S0*EA n/l

Example 2: Deliver the total quantity of500 each asfoil

commencing 180 days after date oforder.

LDT*AY*180*DA n/l

QTY*1J*SO*MO n/l

Example s: Deliver the total quantity of20,500 each asfsUows: 2500 each per q

commencing 90 days after date oforder until halfthe order is completed, then Jf

each per month until the total order is complete.

LDT*AY*90*DA n/l

QTY*1J*2500*Q1 n/l

QTY*1K*4*Q1 n/l

LDT*AM*1*M0 n/l

QTY*lJ*1000mO n/l

QTY*1K*10*MO n/l

LDT*AK*1*M0 nA

QTY*1J*500*EA nA

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

Must Use LDTOl 345 Lead Time Code M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time range

AD From date of sample approval to first product shipment

AH From Date of Receipt of First Article to First Article

Approval

AI From Date of a Specified Event to Delivery

When this code is used, identify the specified event in

thefollowing MSG segment. Ifthe specified event is the scheduling ofa shipment or the requesting of

shipping instructions, cite the contact communications

number in the 2/PER/400 segment,

AJ From Date of First Delivery to Date of Subsequent

Delivery(ies)

003050F850 1

- 198 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Must Use LDT02

Must Use LDT03

380

344

LDT04 373

AK From Date Of Latest Delivery To Final Delivery

AM From Date Of Previous Delivery To Date Of

SubsequentDelivery

From Date of Award to Date of Latest Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Earliest Delivery

From Date of Award to Date of Completion

Use to indicate the completion date, e.g.,for a level of

effort

From Date of Award to Date of Delivery

From Date of Receipt of Item to Date of Approval of

Item

Quantity M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

Unit of Time Period or Interval M ID 2/2

Code indicating the time period or interval

AV

AW

AX

AY

AZ

CY

DA

KK

Calendar Year

Calendar Days

Maximum Calendar Days

Use to indicate aflexible time period, e.g., Xnumber

ofdays or less. Month

Quarter of a Year

Semiarmual

Weeks

O DT 6/6

MO

QY

SA

WK

Date

Date (YYMMDD)

Use to cite a date relevant to the lead time code. For example^ the start daS^

ofthe cited activity.

003050F850 1 199 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

MAN Marks and Numbers

Comments:

Notes:

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MANOl

Must Use MAN02

MAN03

MAN04

MAN05

MAN06

464

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

10

To indicate identifying marks and numbers for shipping containers

1 If either MAN04 or MAN05 is present, then the other is required.

2 If MAN06 is present, then MAN05 is required.

1 MANO1/MAN02 and MAN04/MAN05 may be used to identify two different marks

and numbers assigned to the same physical container.

2 When both MAN02 and MAN03 are used, MAN02 is the starting number of a sequential range and MAN03 is the ending number of that range.

3 When both MAN05 and MAN06 are used, MAN05 is the starting number of a

sequential range, and MAN06 is the ending number of that range.

1 When MANOl contains code UC (U.P.C. Shipping Container Code) and

MAN05/MAN06 contain a range of ID numbers, MAN03 is not used. The reason for

this is that the U.P.C. Shipping Container code is the same on every carton that is represented in the range in IVIAN05/MAN06.

2 MAN03 and/or MAN06 are only used when sending a range(s) of ID numbers.

When both MAN02/MAN03 and MAN05/MAN06 are used to send ranges of ID

numbers, the integrity of the two ID numbers must be maintained.

1. Use this segment to identify marks and numbers associated with a ship-to addressee.

2. Use to identify such data as MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP number, Transportation

Qontrol number, Project Priority number, and consignee related codes.

Data

Element

88

87

87

88

87

87

Data Element Summary

Name

Marks and Numbers Qualifler

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and

L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers Qualifier

Code specifying the application or source of Marks and

L Line Item Only

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Marks and Numbers

Marks and numbers used to identify a shipment or parts

Attributes

M ID 1/2

Numbers (87)

M AN 1/45

of a shipment

O AN 1/45

of a shipment

X ID 1/2

Numbers (87)

X AN 1/45

of a shipment

O AN 1/45

of a shipment

003050F850 1 200 1 8 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

QTYOl

QTY Quantity

466

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

5

To specify quantity information

1. Use this segment to specify the quantity ofan item thai is to be delivered in

accordance with a delivery schedule. The deliverable quantity can be expressed as a

discrete quantity or a quantityper time period, e.g., 1000per month. To indicate a

delivery rate per time period, cite in QTY02 the quantity to be delivered and cite in

QTY03 the timeperiod, e.g., days, weeks, months, quarters, years,

2. Use also, to indicate the length ofthe delivery period, e.g., 4 quarters or the number

ofshipments.

Data

Element

673

Data Element Summary

Name

Quantity Qualifier

Code specifying the type of quantity

IJ

Attributes

M ID 2/2

Must Use QTY02 380 Quantity

Due

The amount due to the customer

Use to indicate the quantity to be delivered.

Time Units

The number of time units such as 8 (hours)

Use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Number of Originals

Use to indicate the number ofregular copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered.

Drafts

Use to indicate the number ofdraft copies ofa data

item on a Contract Data Requirements List that are to be delivered.

Duplicates

Use to indicate the number ofreproducible copies ofa

data item on a Contract Data Requirements list that are to be delivered.

Shipments

Use to indicate the number ofshipments expected to

complete the deliverable quantity.

M R 1/15

Numeric value of quantity

/. When QTYOl is code IJ, cite the quantity to be delivered.

IK

52

K6

KF

SA

2. When QTYOl is code IK, cite the length ofthe deliveryperiod in this data

element, e.g., 4, and in QTY03 identify the time measurement ofthe delivery

period, e.g., months.

QTY03 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or manner in which a measurement has been taken

/. Use any code other than code ZZ.

003050F850 1 201 18 March 1997
2. An application program conversion table may be required to convert

agency codes to ASCXI2 codes.

DA Days

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicatefrequency ofdelivery. When QTYOI

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

MO Months

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicatefrequency ofdelivery. When QTYOI

is code I K, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Ql Quarter (Time)

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicatefrequency ofdelivery. When QTYOI

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

WK Week

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicate frequency ofdelivery. When QTYOl

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

YR Years

When QTYOl is code IJ, use to indicatefrequency ofd- When QTYOl

is code IK, use to indicate the length ofthe delivery period.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

202 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

MSG Message Text

468

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

1To provide a free form format that would allow the transmission of text information.

1 MSG02 is not related to the specific characteristics of a printer, but identifies top of

page, advance a line, etc. When LDTOl is code AI, use to identify the specified event.

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use MSGOl

Not Used MSG02

Data Element Summary

Data

Element Name

933 Free-Form Message Text

Free-form message text 934 Printer Carriage Control Code

Attributes

M AN 1/264

O ID 2/2

A field to be used for the control of the line feed of the receiving printer

003050F850 1 203 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

REF Reference Numbers

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

REFOl

REF02

REF03

469

LDT Optional

Detail

Optional

3

To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REFOl or REF03 is required.

Use this segment to identify reference numbers applicable to a delivery, e.g., a

requisition number, an ACRN, a GBL, etc.

Data

Element

128

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

AT

AX

BL

FU

IL

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account

Use to indicate an accounting code.

Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in WEF03.

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Government Bill of Lading

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Internal Order Number

Use to indicate the requisition

(MILSTRIP/FEDSTRIP document) number.

Project Code

Transportation Control Number (TCN)

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TG

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

003050F850 1 204 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

AMT Monetary Amount

600

AMT Optional

Detail

Optional

1To indicate the total monetary amount

1. This segment can be used to specify the amount associated with the ACRN (REFOl

is code AX), to specify the totalfunds obligated against the line hem cited in POlOl

(the total ofall amounts associated with an ACRN), and to specify amounts associated

with an awardfee, incentive, fixed-fee, or cost sharing line items.

2. Thefollowing table identifies how each code listed in AMTOl, other than codes 1,

29, KC, and KD, is to be used depending on the code cited in CNIOI.

COST, FEE, AND PRICE EXPRESSION TABLE

CNlOlCode AMTOl Code AMTOl Code Use

CA/CB 33 Target Cost

CA/CB 32 Target Fee

CA/CB K5 Minimum Fee

CA/CB K6 Maximum Fee

CH KO Contractor Firm Share

CH 70 Estimated Government Share

CS NA Use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

CW/CX 33 Cost

CW FE Base Fee

CW E9 Award Fee

CX E9 Fixed Fee

FB/FC 33 Target Cost

FB/FC 32 Target Profit

FB/FC 30 Price Ceiling

FD NA Forfixed-price contracts with prospectiveprice

redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment,

code 29for contract total amount; and use the

2/AMT/600 segment code 1 when CNlOl is code FR

for Firm Fixed Price Items, and code 29 when CNlOl

is code FDfor redeterminable items without a

ceiling price or code 30for redeterminable items

with a ceiling price.

ZZ , NA Forfixed-price contracts with retroactive price

redetermination, use the 3/AMT/020 segment, code

30for contract ceiling price; and use the 2/AMT/600

segment code 30 when CNlOl is code ZZforfixed

ceiling price ifitems subject to differing contract

type are present in the same contract

Initial Target Cost

FF/FG K4 Initial Target Profit

FF/FG K6 Target Profit Ceiling

FF/FG KS Target Profit Floor

FF/FG 30 Ceiling Price

FH 33 Fixed Price

FH FE Base Fee

FH E9 Award Fee

003050F850 1 205 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

FJ/FX/LH/TM NA Use the 2/AMTmO segment, code 1 forfixedprice

line items; and the 3/AMT/020 segment, code TT

for contract total amount

FK NA No cost orprice information required

Ref.

Pes.

Must Use AMTOl

Data

Element

522

Must Use AMT02

Not Used AMT03

782

478

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Amount Qualifier Code M ID 1/2

Code to qualify amount

1. For the correct use ofthefollowing codes in variousfee andprofit

arrangements by type ofcontract, see the table above.

,2. Codes 1, 29, KC, and KD, are to be used in accordance with the notes or

definition associated with each code.

1

29

30

32

33

70

E9

FE

K4

K5

K6

KC

KD

Line Item Total

Use to indicate the line item total amount

Estimated Price

The latest revised estimate of the total cost at complete

for a contract Contract Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined effort

Target Fee or Profit Amount

The fee (can also be percent) of profit that will apply to defined contract effort

Original Contract Target Cost

Value of the original negotiated contract Open Commitments

Value of supplies or other items committed to for

payment (such as on delivery of products)

Initial Fee

Beginning charge before any reductions

Fee

Initial Target Fee

Minimum Fee

Maximum Fee

Obligated

An amount a party has an obligation to pay upon a successful performance by another party, (e.g., funds

obligated on a contract)

tJse in conjunction with the 2/REF/610 segment to indicate the obligatedfunds associated with an

accounting code.

Undefinitized

An indicator that the amount has not yet been

established but will be established at a future date

Use to indicate an undefinitized amount.

Committed Amount

Initial Target Cost

M

KO

ZQ

Monetary Amount

Monetary amount

Credit/Debit Flag Code

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit

R 1/15

O ID 1/1

003050F850 1 206 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

REFOl

REF02

REF03

REF Reference Numbers

610

AMT Optional

Detail

Optional

1To specify identifying numbers.

1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required.

Use this segment to identify? reference numbers applicable to an amount cited in

AMT02, e.g., an ACRN,fund code, accounting code, appropriation number, etc

Data

Element

128

127

352

Data Element Summary

Name

Reference Number Qualifier

Code qualifying the Reference Number.

Attributes

M ID 2/2

10

IZ

AT

AX

FU

Account Managers Code

Identifies the telecommunications manager assigned to

this account

Use to indicate an accounting code.

Financial Detail Code

Appropriation Number

When used, cite the number in REFOX

Government Accounting Class Reference Number

(ACRN)

Fund Code

Defense Fuel Supply Center to bill back fuel purchases

to the appropriate service or agency account fund

Project Code

Transportation Account Code (TAC)

X AN 1/30

P4

TH

Reference Number

Reference number or identification number as defined for a particular

Transaction Set, or as specified by the Reference Number Qualifier.

Description X AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

When REFOl is code AT, use to identify the appropriation number.

r

003050F850 1 207 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

LMOl

LM02

LM Code Source Information

620

LM Optional

Detail

Optional

1To transmit standard code list identification information

1 LM02 identifies the applicable industry code list source information.

Use this loop to provide data that cannot be provided by other means within this

transaction set, e.g., field contract administration office data

Data Element Summary

Data

Element

559

Attributes

M ID 2/2

822

Name

Agency Qualifier Code

Code identifying the agency assigning the code values

Use any code other than code ZZ. Use code DF to indicate the Deparimeni

ofDefense in preference to code DD.

Refer to 003050 Data Element Dictionary for acceptable code values.

Source Subqualifier O AN 1/15

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

When LQOl is code ZZ, identify the code list that contains the code cited in

LQ02.

003050F850 1 208 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

LQ Industry Code

630

LM Optional

Detail

Mandatory

>1

Code to transmit standard industry codes

1 If LQOl is present, then LQ02 is required.

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data

Des. Element Name Attributes

LQOl 1270 Code List Qualifier Code O ID 1/3

Code identifying a specific industry code list 6 Special Contract Provision Code

Certain contract clauses and provisions that require

special attention

Use to indicate special clauses that apply to the line

Hem.

7 Quality Assurance Site Code

The site at which quality assurance is performed

Use to indicate the inspection point.

9 Indicator Code

A specific condition applies to the contract

Use to indicate specific conditions that apply to the

line item.

A9 Supplementary Address

Identifies the originating organization's unique logistics

information

ZZ Mutually Defined

Use to indicate that a code list is identified in LM02.

LQ02 1271 Industry Code X AN 1/20

Code indicating a code from a specific industry code list

1. Use to cite a codefrom the code list identified by the qualifier in LQOL

2. When LQOl is code ZZ, use to cite a codefrom the code list identified in

LM02.

003050F850 1 209 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

CTT Transaction Totals

010

Summary

Mandatory

1To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set

1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required.

2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required.

1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate transaction completeness

and correctness.

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

CTTOl

CTT02

Data

Element

354

347

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Number of Line Items M NO 1/6

Total number of line items in the transaction set Use to identify the total number ofPOl segments contained in this

transaction set

Hash Total O R 1/10

Sum of values of the specified data element. All values in the data element will

be summed without regard to decimal points (explicit or implicit) or signs.

Truncation will occur on the left most digits if the sum is greater than the

maximum size of the hash total of the data element.

Example:

-.0018 First occurrence of value being hashed. .18 Second occurrence of value

being hashed. 1.8 Third occurrence of value being hashed. 18.01 Fourth

occurrence of value being hashed. 1855 Hash total prior to truncation.

855 Hash total after truncation to three-digit field. Use to identify the sum ofthe quantities (POl02) for alt POl segments.

Not Used CTT03 81 Weight X R 1/10

Numeric value of weight

Not Used CTT04 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X YD 112

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used CTT05 183 Volume X R 1/8

Value of volumetric measure Not Used CTT06 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code X ID 2/2

Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or maimer in

which a measurement has been taken

Not Used CTT07 352 Description O AN 1/80

A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their content

003050F850 1 210 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

Notes:

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

AMTOl

Must Use AMT02

Not Used AMT03

AMT Monetary Amount

020

Summary

Optional

1To indicate the total monetary amount

Use this segment to specify the total value ofthe award instrument

Data

Element

522

Data Element Summary

Name

Amount Qualifler Code

Code to qualify amount

Attributes

M ID 1/2

29

30

KD

TT

TY

782

478

Estimated Price

The latest revised estimate of the total cost at complete

for a contract Use to indicate the total award instrumentprice is an

estimate.

Contract Ceiling

The ceiling price applicable to defined effort

"^se to indicate the contract ceiling priceforfixedprice contracts with retroactive price redetermination.

Undefinitized

An indicator that the amount has not yet been

established but will be established at a future date

Use to indicate an undefinitized amount.

Total Transaction Amount

Use to indicate the total value ofthe award instrument

when it is not an estimate.

Total at Complete

Use to indicate the total value ofthe award instrument

when it is incrementallyfunded. For grants, include

the total amount committedfor the entireproject

period,

Monetary Amount M R 1/15

Monetary amount

Credit/Debit Flag Code

Code indicating whether amount is a credit or debit

O ID 1/1

003050F850 1 211 18 March 1997
850 Purchase Order

Segment:

Position:

Loop:

Level:

Usage:

Max Use:

Purpose:

Syntax Notes:

Semantic Notes:

Comments:

SE Transaction Set Trailer

030

Summary

Mandatory

1To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the transmitted

segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments).

1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.

Must Use

Must Use

Ref.

Pes.

SEOl

SE02

Data

Element

96

329

Data Element Summary

Name Attributes

Number of Included Segments M NO 1/10

Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST and SE

segments

Transaction Set Control Number M AN 4/9

Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set Enter the same number as the one carried in ST02.

003050F850 1 212

^V.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFHCE: 1998 -ASS-ZSmieiO

18 March 1997
J'

Technical Publications

Periodical

Journal of Research of the National Institute of Standards and Technology—Reports NIST research

and development in those disciplines of the physical and engineering sciences in which the Institute is

active. These include physics, chemistry, engineering, mathematics, and computer sciences. Papers cover a broad range of subjects, with major emphasis on measurement methodology and the basic technology

underlying standardization. Also included from time to time are survey articles on topics closely related to the Institute's technical and scientific programs. Issued six times a year.

Nonperiodicals

Monographs—Major contributions to the technical literature on various subjects related to the

Institute's scientific and technical activities. Handbooks—Recommended codes of engineering and industrial practice (including safety codes) developed in cooperation with interested industries, professional organizations, and regulatory bodies.

Special Publications—Include proceedings of conferences sponsored by NIST, NIST annual reports, and

other special publications appropriate to this grouping such as wall charts, pocket cards, and bibliographies.

National Standard Reference Data Series—Provides quantitative data on the physical and chemical

properties of materials, compiled from the world's literature and critically evaluated. Developed under a worldwide program coordinated by NIST under the authority of the National Standard Data Act (Public

Law 90-396). NOTE: The Journal of Physical and Chemical Reference Data (JPCRD) is published

bimonthly for NIST by the American Chemical Society (ACS) and the American Institute of Physics (AIP).

Subscriptions, reprints, and supplements are available from ACS, 1155 Sixteenth St., NW, Washington, DC

20056.

Building Science Series—Disseminates technical information developed at the Institute on building

materials, components, systems, and whole structures. The series presents research results, test methods, and

performance criteria related to the structural and environmental functions and the durability and safety

characteristics of building elements and systems.

Technical Notes—Studies or reports which are complete in themselves but restrictive in their treatment of

a subject. Analogous to monographs but not so comprehensive in scope or definitive in treatment of the

subject area. Often serve as a vehicle for final reports of work performed at NIST under the sponsorship of

other government agencies.

Voluntary Product Standards—Developed under procedures published by the Department of Commerce

in Part 10, Title 15, of the Code of Federal Regulations. The standards establish nationally recognized

requirements for products, and provide all concerned interests with a basis for common understanding of

the characteristics of the products. NIST administers this program in support of the efforts of private-sector

standardizing organizations.

Order the following NIST publications—FIPS and NISTIRs—from the National Technical Information

Service, Springfield, VA 22161.

Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUB)—Publications in this series

collectively constitute the Federal Information Processing Standards Register. The Register serves as the

official source of information in the Federal Coverrmient regarding standards issued by NIST pursuant to the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 as amended. Public Law 89-306 (79 Stat. 1127), and as implemented by Executive Order 11717 (38 FR 12315, dated May 11, 1973) and Part 6 of

Title 15 CFR (Code of Federal Regulations).

NIST Interagency Reports (NISTIR)—A special series of interim or final reports on work performed by

NIST for outside sponsors (both government and nongovernment). In general, initial distribution is handled

by the sponsor; public distribution is by the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA 22161,

in paper copy or microfiche form.
0>s to so

ard

U nd

f3

o 55

<^

s

o

E 3

<u

—

Q

g . o P Z

OS

o\

00o<NQ

O DO 1 s

.D ID H ^ § oUo ^ a c >

'i

£

PQ

S

.2o

—

o

&